]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #17715 from yuwata/specifier-follow-ups
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 247 in spe:
4
5 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.12 introduced two new uevents
6 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
8 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
9 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
10 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
11 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
12 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
13 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
14 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
15 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
16 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
17 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
18 change that happened back in Linux 4.12, but is becoming more and
19 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
20
21 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
22 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
23 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
24 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
25 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
26 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
27 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
28 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
29 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
30 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
31 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
32 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
33 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
34 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
35 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
36
37 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
38 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
39 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
40 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
41 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
42 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
43 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
44 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
45 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
46 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
47
48 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.12 and newer it is
49 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
50 handle the new events. Specifically:
51
52 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
53 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
54 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
55 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
56 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
57 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
58 generated, for all other device types this change is still
59 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
60 future kernel uevent type additions).
61
62 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
63 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
64 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
65 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
66 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
67 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
68 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
69 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
70 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
71 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
72 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
73 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
74
75 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
76 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
77 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
78 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
79 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
80 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
81 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
82 above).
83
84 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
85 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
86 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
87 behaviour change.
88
89 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
90 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
91 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
92 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
93 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
94 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
95 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
96 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
97 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
98 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
99 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
100 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
101 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
102 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
103 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
104 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
105 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
106 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
107 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
108 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
109 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
110 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
111 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
112 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
113 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
114 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
115
116 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
117 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
118 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
119 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
120 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
121
122 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
123 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
124 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
125 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
126 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
127 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
128 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
129 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
130 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
131 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
132 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
133 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
134 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
135
136 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
137 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
138 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
139 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
140 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
141 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
142 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
143 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
144 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
145 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
146 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
147 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
148 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
149 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
150 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
151 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
152 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
153 they now are optional during runtime.
154
155 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
156 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
157 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
158 which installs absolute timers.
159
160 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
161 mode, which may be controlled via the new
162 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
163 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
164 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
165 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
166 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
167 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
168 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
169 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
170
171 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
172 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
173 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
174 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
175 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
176 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
177 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
178 dispatched).
179
180 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
181 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
182 the RootImage= setting.
183
184 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
185 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
186 to the service.
187
188 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
189 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
190 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
191 different for different units).
192
193 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
194 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
195 options.
196
197 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
198 --json= switch.
199
200 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
201 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
202 authentication request.
203
204 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
205 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
206 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
207 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
208 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
209 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
210 empty.
211
212 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
213 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
214 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
215 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
216 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
217 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
218 image to be applied onto the image.
219
220 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
221 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
222 in OS disk images.
223
224 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
225 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
226 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
227 other output modes.
228
229 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
230 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
231 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
232 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
233
234 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
235 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
236 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
237 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
238 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
239 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
240 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
241 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
242 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
243 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
244
245 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
246 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
247 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
248 recursively to whole subtrees.
249
250 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
251 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
252 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
253 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
254 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
255 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
256 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
257 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
258
259 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
260 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
261 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
262 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
263 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
264 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
265 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
266 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
267 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
268 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
269 system asks for a password.
270
271 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
272 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
273 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
274 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
275 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
276 up.
277
278 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
279 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
280 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
281
282 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
283 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
284 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
285 virtualization.
286
287 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
288 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
289 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
290 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
291 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
292 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
293 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
294 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
295 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
296 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
297 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
298 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
299 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
300 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
301 directories:
302
303 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
304
305 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
306 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
307 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
308
309 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
310 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
311 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
312 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
313
314 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
315 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
316
317 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
318 system calls that are contained in @known will result in a EPERM by
319 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
320 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
321 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
322 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
323 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
324 applications.
325
326 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
327 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
328 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
329 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
330 build time.
331
332 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
333 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
334 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
335 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
336 system call filter policy.
337
338 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
339 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
340 filtering is turned off.
341
342 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
343 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
344 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
345 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
346 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
347 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
348 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
349 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
350 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
351
352 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
353 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
354 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
355 exited.
356
357 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
358 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
359
360 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
361 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
362 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
363 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
364 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
365 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
366 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
367 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
368 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
369 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
370 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
371 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
372 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
373 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
374 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
375 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
376 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
377 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
378 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
379 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
380 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
381 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
382
383 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
384 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
385 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
386 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
387 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
388 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
389 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
390 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
391 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
392 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
393 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
394 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
395 aforementioned service settings.
396
397 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
398 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
399 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
400 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
401 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
402 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
403 and populated — there is no time window where they are
404 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
405 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
406 will start from the beginning.
407
408 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
409 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
410 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
411 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
412
413 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
414 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
415 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
416 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
417 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
418 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
419 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
420 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
421 on, including in the initrd.
422
423 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
424 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
425 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
426 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
427
428 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
429 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
430 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
431 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
432 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
433
434 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
435 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
436 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
437 this property in its status output.
438
439 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
440 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
441 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
442 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
443 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
444 more similarly to nss-resolve.
445
446 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
447 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
448 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
449 ctime.
450
451 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
452 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
453
454 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
455 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
456 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
457 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
458 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
459 having to rebuild systemd.
460
461 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
462 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
463 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
464 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
465 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
466 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
467 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
468 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
469
470 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
471 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
472 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
473 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
474 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
475 hardlinks.
476
477 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
478 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
479 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
480
481 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
482 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
483 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
484 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
485
486 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
487 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
488
489 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
490 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
491 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
492 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
493 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
494
495 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
496 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
497 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
498 compatibility).
499
500 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
501 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
502 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
503 prefix will be assigned.
504
505 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
506 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
507 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
508 The setting is enabled by default.
509
510 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
511 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
512
513 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
514 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
515 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
516 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
517 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
518 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
519 debuggable.
520
521 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
522 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
523 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
524 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
525
526 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
527 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
528
529 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
530 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
531 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
532 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
533 environments where the root file system is
534 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
535 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
536
537 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
538 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
539 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
540 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
541 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
542 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
543 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
544 later).
545
546 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
547 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
548 working with heavily threaded programs.
549
550 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
551 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
552 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
553 desirable.
554
555 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
556 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
557 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
558 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
559 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
560 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
561
562 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
563 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
564 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
565 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
566 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
567
568 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
569 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
570 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
571 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
572 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
573 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
574 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
575 promises.
576
577 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
578 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
579 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
580 promises.
581
582 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
583 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
584 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
585 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
586 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
587 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
588 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
589 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
590 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
591
592 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
593 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
594 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
595 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
596 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
597 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
598 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
599 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
600 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
601
602 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
603 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
604 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
605 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
606 like this.
607
608 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
609 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
610 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
611 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
612 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
613 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
614 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
615 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
616 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
617
618 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
619 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
620 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
621 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
622 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
623 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
624 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
625 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
626 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
627 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
628 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
629 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
630 appropriately.
631
632 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
633 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
634 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
635 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
636 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
637 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
638
639 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
640 contents in commented form in the text editor.
641
642 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
643 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
644 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
645 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
646 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
647 protections for the different slices in the future.
648
649 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
650 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
651 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
652 image dissection logic.
653
654 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
655 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
656 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
657 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
658 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Clemens Gruber, Daan
659 De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman,
660 David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst,
661 Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning,
662 Felix Riemann, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit,
663 George Rawlinson, germanztz, Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi,
664 Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews, Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann,
665 Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler, huangyong, Hubert Kario, Ikey Doherty, Jan
666 Chren, Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann,
667 Jonathan Lebon, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert, Kai-Chuan
668 Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan Gjoshev, Kyle
669 Huey, Kyle Russell, Lennart Poettering, lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas
670 Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck,
671 Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000, Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael
672 Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal
673 Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ,
674 mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas
675 Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen, Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina,
676 onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pedro
677 Ruiz, Peter Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan
678 C, Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert
679 Marko, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer, Samanta
680 Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd, Susant
681 Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
682 Miettinen, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri
683 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok,
684 Дамјан Георгиевски
685
686 – Warsaw, 2020-11-10
687
688 CHANGES WITH 246:
689
690 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
691 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
692 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
693
694 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
695 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
696
697 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
698 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
699 based on the NUMA mask.
700
701 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
702 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
703 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
704
705 * Two new unit file settings
706 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
707 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
708 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
709 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
710
711 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
712 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
713 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
714 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
715 instance).
716
717 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
718 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
719 service's processes shall include.
720
721 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
722 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
723 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
724 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
725
726 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
727 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
728 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
729 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
730 depending on socket type.
731
732 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
733 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
734 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
735 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
736 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
737 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
738 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
739 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
740 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
741 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
742
743 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
744 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
745 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
746 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
747 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
748 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
749 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
750 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
751
752 * .service unit files gained two new options
753 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
754 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
755 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
756
757 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
758 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
759 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
760 prefix is used.
761
762 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
763 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
764 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
765 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
766 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
767 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
768 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
769 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
770 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
771 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
772 key/certificate parameters support this now.
773
774 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
775 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
776 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
777 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
778 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
779 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
780
781 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
782 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
783 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
784 finally gone now.
785
786 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
787 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
788 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
789 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
790
791 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
792 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
793 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
794 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
795 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
796 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
797 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
798 which is quite likely a major security problem.
799
800 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
801 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
802 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
803 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
804 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
805
806 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
807 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
808 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
809 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
810 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
811
812 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
813 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
814 boot.
815
816 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
817 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
818 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
819 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
820 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
821 device.
822
823 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
824 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
825 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
826
827 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
828 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
829 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
830 conditions.
831
832 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
833 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
834 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
835 in order to make test cases more reliable.
836
837 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
838 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
839 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
840 the process that faulted.
841
842 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
843 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
844 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
845
846 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
847 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
848 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
849 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
850 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
851
852 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
853 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
854 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
855 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
856 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
857
858 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
859 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
860 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
861 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
862 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
863
864 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
865 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
866 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
867 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
868 frame ring buffer sizes.
869
870 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
871 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
872
873 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
874 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
875
876 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
877 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
878 automatically assigned to the interface.
879
880 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
881 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
882 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
883 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
884 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
885 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
886 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
887 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
888 mode for Assign=.
889
890 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
891 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
892 source addresses.
893
894 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
895 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
896 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
897 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
898 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
899 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
900 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
901 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
902 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
903 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
904
905 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
906 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
907 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
908 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
909 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
910 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
911 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
912
913 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
914 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
915 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
916 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
917 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
918 the RA packets suggest it.
919
920 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
921 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
922 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
923 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
924
925 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
926 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
927 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
928 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
929 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
930 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
931 field.
932
933 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
934 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
935 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
936 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
937 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
938 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
939
940 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
941 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
942
943 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
944 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
945 the VLAN protocol to use.
946
947 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
948 of the .network files, to control the link group.
949
950 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
951 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
952 link local address is generated.
953
954 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
955 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
956 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
957 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
958 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
959 carefully picking an interface name to use.
960
961 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
962 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
963
964 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
965 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
966
967 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
968 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
969 are still understood to provide compatibility.
970
971 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
972 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
973 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
974 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
975 interfaces up or down.
976
977 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
978 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
979 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
980 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
981 interface may be specified (after "%").
982
983 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
984 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
985 public DNS servers are not used.
986
987 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
988
989 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
990 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
991 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
992 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
993 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
994 defined by systemd-resolved).
995
996 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
997 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
998 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
999
1000 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
1001 --property=…".
1002
1003 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
1004 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
1005 use --plain.
1006
1007 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
1008 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
1009 being deprecated in favor of this option.
1010
1011 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
1012 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
1013 process itself.
1014
1015 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
1016 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
1017 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
1018 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
1019 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
1020 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
1021 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
1022 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
1023 implementations.
1024
1025 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
1026 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
1027 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
1028 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
1029 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
1030 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
1031 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
1032 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
1033 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
1034
1035 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
1036 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
1037 initialization.
1038
1039 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
1040 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
1041 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
1042
1043 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
1044 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
1045 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
1046 without any decoration.
1047
1048 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
1049 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
1050 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
1051 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
1052 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
1053 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
1054
1055 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
1056 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
1057 coredump data from.
1058
1059 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
1060 the zstd algorithm.
1061
1062 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
1063 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
1064 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
1065 not block clean file system unmounting.
1066
1067 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
1068 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
1069 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
1070
1071 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
1072 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
1073 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
1074 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
1075
1076 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
1077 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
1078
1079 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
1080 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
1081 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
1082 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
1083 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
1084 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
1085 instead of operating on actual block devices.
1086
1087 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
1088 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
1089
1090 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
1091 instead of 0.
1092
1093 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
1094 specifier expansion.
1095
1096 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
1097 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
1098 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
1099 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
1100 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
1101
1102 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
1103 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
1104 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
1105 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
1106 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
1107
1108 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
1109 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
1110 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
1111 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
1112 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
1113 --fido2-device= option.
1114
1115 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
1116 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
1117 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
1118 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
1119 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
1120 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
1121 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
1122
1123 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
1124 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
1125 changed from ext2 to ext4.
1126
1127 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
1128 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
1129 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
1130 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
1131 before the system continues to boot.
1132
1133 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
1134 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
1135 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
1136 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
1137 instead of at installation time.
1138
1139 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
1140 volumes with automatically from files in
1141 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
1142 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
1143
1144 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
1145 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
1146
1147 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
1148 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
1149 instance.
1150
1151 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
1152 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
1153 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
1154 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
1155
1156 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
1157 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
1158
1159 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
1160 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
1161 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
1162 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
1163 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
1164 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
1165 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
1166 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
1167 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
1168 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
1169 incremental).
1170
1171 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
1172 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
1173 which it then operates.
1174
1175 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
1176 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
1177 directories for various resources.
1178
1179 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
1180 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
1181 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
1182 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
1183 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
1184 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
1185 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
1186 via the new --no-block switch.
1187
1188 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
1189 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
1190 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
1191 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
1192 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
1193 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
1194 case.
1195
1196 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
1197 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
1198 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
1199 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
1200
1201 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
1202 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
1203 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
1204 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
1205 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
1206
1207 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
1208 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
1209 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
1210 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
1211 vtable is associated with.
1212
1213 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
1214 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
1215 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
1216 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
1217
1218 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
1219 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
1220 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
1221
1222 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
1223
1224 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
1225 document the methods, signals and properties.
1226
1227 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
1228 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
1229 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
1230 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
1231 desktops has been added:
1232
1233 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
1234 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
1235 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
1236
1237 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
1238 and has now moved to:
1239
1240 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
1241
1242 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
1243 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
1244 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
1245 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
1246 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
1247 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
1248 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
1249
1250 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
1251 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
1252 target of the service during runtime.
1253
1254 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
1255 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
1256 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
1257
1258 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
1259 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
1260 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
1261 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
1262 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
1263 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
1264 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
1265 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
1266 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
1267 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
1268 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
1269 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1270 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
1271 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
1272 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
1273 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
1274 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
1275 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
1276 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
1277 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
1278 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
1279 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
1280 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
1281 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
1282 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
1283 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
1284 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
1285 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
1286 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
1287 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
1288 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
1289 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
1290 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
1291 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
1292 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
1293 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
1294 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1295 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1296
1297 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
1298
1299 CHANGES WITH 245:
1300
1301 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
1302 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
1303 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
1304 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
1305 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
1306 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
1307 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
1308 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
1309 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
1310 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
1311 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
1312 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
1313 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
1314 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
1315 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
1316 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
1317 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
1318 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
1319 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
1320 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
1321 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
1322
1323 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
1324 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
1325 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
1326 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
1327 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
1328 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
1329 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
1330 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
1331 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
1332 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
1333 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
1334 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
1335 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
1336 that for the first time resource management and various other
1337 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
1338 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
1339 to apply on login. For further details see:
1340
1341 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
1342 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
1343 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
1344
1345 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
1346 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
1347 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
1348 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
1349 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
1350 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
1351 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
1352 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
1353 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
1354
1355 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
1356
1357 For further details about the format and expectations on home
1358 directories this new daemon makes, see:
1359
1360 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
1361
1362 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
1363 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
1364 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
1365 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
1366 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
1367 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
1368 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
1369 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
1370 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
1371 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
1372 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
1373 usage limitations and other settings.
1374
1375 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
1376 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
1377 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
1378 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
1379 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
1380 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
1381 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
1382 resource usage.
1383
1384 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
1385 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
1386
1387 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
1388 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
1389 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
1390 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
1391 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
1392
1393 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
1394 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
1395 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
1396 itself and the default for all other processes.
1397
1398 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
1399 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
1400 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
1401 database into account.
1402
1403 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
1404 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
1405 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
1406 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
1407
1408 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
1409 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
1410 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
1411 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
1412 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
1413 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
1414 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
1415 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
1416 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
1417 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
1418
1419 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
1420 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
1421 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
1422 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
1423 event source watching it is freed).
1424
1425 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
1426 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
1427 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
1428 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
1429
1430 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
1431 (IFB) network devices.
1432
1433 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
1434 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
1435
1436 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
1437 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
1438 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
1439 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
1440 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
1441 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
1442
1443 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
1444 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
1445 with its sense inverted.
1446
1447 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
1448 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
1449 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
1450
1451 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
1452 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
1453 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
1454
1455 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
1456 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
1457 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
1458 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
1459 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
1460 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
1461 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
1462
1463 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
1464 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
1465 debugging purposes.
1466
1467 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
1468 group named differently than the user.
1469
1470 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
1471 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
1472 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
1473
1474 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
1475 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
1476 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
1477 /etc/fstab.
1478
1479 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
1480 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
1481 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
1482 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
1483
1484 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
1485 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
1486 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
1487 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
1488
1489 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
1490 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
1491 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
1492 Bernard.
1493
1494 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
1495 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
1496 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
1497 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
1498 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
1499 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
1500 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
1501 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
1502 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
1503 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
1504 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
1505
1506 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
1507 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
1508 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
1509 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
1510 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
1511 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
1512 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
1513 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
1514 command line option.
1515
1516 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
1517 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
1518
1519 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
1520 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
1521 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
1522 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
1523 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
1524 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
1525 systemd-timedated.
1526
1527 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
1528 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
1529 GPT partition table types.
1530
1531 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
1532 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
1533 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
1534
1535 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1536
1537 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
1538 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
1539 for the respective units.
1540
1541 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
1542 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
1543 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
1544
1545 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
1546 "status" output.
1547
1548 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
1549 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
1550 disappear.
1551
1552 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
1553 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
1554 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
1555 address is used.
1556
1557 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
1558 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
1559 dropped from the individual setting names.
1560
1561 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
1562 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
1563 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
1564 such files in version 243.
1565
1566 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
1567 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
1568 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
1569
1570 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
1571 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
1572 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
1573
1574 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
1575 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
1576 with stopping and disablement.
1577
1578 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
1579 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
1580 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
1581 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
1582 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
1583 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
1584 some internal systemd services (most notably
1585 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
1586 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
1587 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
1588 this systemd release. See
1589 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
1590 additional discussion.
1591
1592 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
1593 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
1594 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
1595 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
1596 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
1597 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
1598 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1599 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1600 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1601 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1602 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1603 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1604 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1605 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1606 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1607 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1608 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1609 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1610 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1611 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1612 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1613 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1614 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1615 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1616 DONG
1617
1618 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1619
1620 CHANGES WITH 244:
1621
1622 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1623 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1624 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1625 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1626
1627 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
1628 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
1629 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
1630 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
1631
1632 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
1633 units.
1634
1635 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
1636 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
1637 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
1638 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
1639 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
1640 set the EFI variable.
1641
1642 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
1643 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
1644 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
1645 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
1646 and overrides the systemd setting.
1647
1648 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
1649 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
1650 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
1651 effect.)
1652
1653 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
1654 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
1655 that affects all corresponding unit files.
1656
1657 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
1658 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
1659
1660 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
1661 the unit being shown.
1662
1663 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
1664 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
1665 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
1666 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
1667 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
1668
1669 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
1670 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
1671 which need to use them.
1672
1673 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
1674 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
1675 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
1676 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
1677 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
1678 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
1679 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
1680 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
1681 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
1682 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
1683
1684 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1685 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1686 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1687 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1688 security tokens that were used previously.
1689
1690 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1691 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1692 improve power saving with many more devices.
1693
1694 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1695 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1696 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1697
1698 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1699 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1700 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1701 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1702 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1703
1704 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1705 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1706 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1707 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1708 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1709
1710 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1711 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1712
1713 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1714 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1715
1716 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1717 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1718 now supported.
1719
1720 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1721 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1722
1723 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1724 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1725 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1726
1727 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1728 received from the server.
1729
1730 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1731 set.
1732
1733 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1734 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1735
1736 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1737 using a new SendOption= setting.
1738
1739 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1740 service type" value used by the client.
1741
1742 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1743 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1744
1745 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1746 a new SendOption= setting.
1747
1748 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1749 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1750
1751 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1752 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1753
1754 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1755 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1756 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1757
1758 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1759 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1760 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1761 BSSID for wireless links.
1762
1763 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1764 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1765
1766 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1767 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1768
1769 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1770 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1771 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1772 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1773 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1774 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1775
1776 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1777
1778 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1779 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1780 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1781 on its own).
1782
1783 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1784 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1785 of the present time.
1786
1787 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1788 reproducible image builds easier).
1789
1790 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1791 Specification.
1792
1793 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1794 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1795 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1796 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1797
1798 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1799 is being used.
1800
1801 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1802
1803 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1804 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1805 path as the system manager.
1806
1807 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1808 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1809 representation").
1810
1811 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1812 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1813 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1814 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1815 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1816 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1817 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1818 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1819
1820 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1821 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1822 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1823 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1824 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1825 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1826 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1827 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1828 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1829 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1830 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1831 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1832 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1833 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1834 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1835 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1836 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1837 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1838 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1839 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1840 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1841 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1842 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1843
1844 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1845
1846 CHANGES WITH 243:
1847
1848 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1849 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1850 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1851 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1852 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1853 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1854 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1855 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1856
1857 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1858 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1859 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1860 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1861 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1862 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1863 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1864 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1865 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1866 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1867 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1868 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1869 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1870 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1871 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1872 documentation.
1873
1874 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1875 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1876 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1877 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1878 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1879 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1880 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1881 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1882 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1883 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1884 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1885 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1886 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1887 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1888 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1889 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1890
1891 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1892 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1893 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1894 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1895
1896 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1897 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1898
1899 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1900 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1901 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1902 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1903 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1904 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1905 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1906 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1907 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1908
1909 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1910 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1911 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1912 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1913 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1914 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1915 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1916 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1917 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1918 packagers.
1919
1920 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1921 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1922
1923 build/man/man systemctl
1924 build/man/html systemd.index
1925
1926 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1927 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1928
1929 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1930 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1931 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1932 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1933 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1934 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1935
1936 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1937 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1938 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1939 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1940 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1941 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1942 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1943 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1944 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1945 unambiguously distinguished.
1946
1947 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1948 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1949 very rarely used.
1950
1951 To replace this functionality, users should:
1952 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1953 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1954 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1955 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1956 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1957
1958 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1959 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1960 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1961 interfaces should really be matched.
1962
1963 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1964 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1965 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1966 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1967 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1968 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1969
1970 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1971 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1972 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1973 stop the whole unit.
1974
1975 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1976 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1977 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1978 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1979 generated whenever a unit stops.
1980
1981 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1982 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1983 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1984 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1985
1986 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1987 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1988 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1989 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1990 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1991
1992 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1993 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1994 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1995 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1996 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1997 programs set up externally.
1998
1999 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
2000 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
2001 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
2002 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
2003
2004 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
2005 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
2006 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
2007 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
2008 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
2009 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
2010 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
2011
2012 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
2013 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
2014 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
2015 as before.
2016
2017 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
2018 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
2019 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
2020 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
2021 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
2022 links on terminals that support that.
2023
2024 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
2025 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
2026 unmounted safely during shutdown.
2027
2028 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
2029
2030 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
2031 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
2032 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
2033 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
2034 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
2035 The default remains unchanged.
2036
2037 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
2038 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
2039
2040 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
2041 udev property.
2042
2043 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
2044 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
2045 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
2046
2047 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
2048 interfaces natively.
2049
2050 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
2051 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
2052 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
2053 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
2054
2055 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
2056 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
2057 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
2058 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
2059 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
2060 RELEASE message when terminating.
2061
2062 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
2063 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
2064
2065 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
2066 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
2067 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
2068 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
2069 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
2070 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
2071 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
2072
2073 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
2074 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
2075 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
2076 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
2077 added to the GENEVE support.
2078
2079 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
2080 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
2081 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
2082 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
2083 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
2084
2085 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
2086 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
2087 onto the network device.
2088
2089 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
2090 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
2091 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
2092 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
2093 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
2094
2095 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
2096 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
2097 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
2098
2099 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
2100 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
2101
2102 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
2103 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
2104
2105 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
2106 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
2107 statistics.
2108
2109 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
2110 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
2111 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
2112
2113 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
2114 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
2115
2116 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
2117 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
2118 specific udev properties.
2119
2120 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
2121 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
2122 "lo" as underlying device.
2123
2124 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
2125 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
2126 IP addresses, too.
2127
2128 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
2129 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
2130 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
2131 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
2132
2133 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
2134 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
2135 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
2136 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
2137
2138 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
2139 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
2140 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
2141
2142 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
2143 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
2144 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
2145
2146 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
2147
2148 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
2149 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
2150 does the same for recurring calendar events.
2151
2152 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
2153 durations as opposed to points in time).
2154
2155 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
2156 expressions.
2157
2158 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
2159 codes to their names and back.
2160
2161 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
2162 file paths and unit aliases.
2163
2164 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
2165 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
2166 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
2167 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
2168
2169 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
2170 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
2171 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
2172 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
2173 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
2174 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
2175 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
2176 udev rules for that purpose.
2177
2178 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
2179 a device to be initialized.
2180
2181 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
2182 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
2183 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
2184
2185 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
2186 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
2187 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
2188 with gcc's cleanup extension.
2189
2190 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
2191 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
2192 with printf().
2193
2194 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
2195 XML introspection data unmodified.
2196
2197 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
2198 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
2199 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
2200 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
2201
2202 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
2203 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
2204 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
2205 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
2206 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
2207 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
2208 configured to handle the watchdog.
2209
2210 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
2211 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
2212 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
2213
2214 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
2215 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
2216 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
2217
2218 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
2219 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
2220 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
2221 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
2222 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
2223
2224 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
2225 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
2226 review.
2227
2228 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
2229 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
2230
2231 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
2232 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
2233
2234 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
2235 failures to apply them are now ignored.
2236
2237 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
2238 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
2239 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
2240 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
2241
2242 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
2243 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
2244 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
2245 service.
2246
2247 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
2248 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
2249 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
2250 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
2251 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
2252 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
2253 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
2254 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
2255 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
2256 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
2257 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
2258 a seed was received from the boot loader.
2259
2260 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
2261
2262 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
2263 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
2264 above.
2265
2266 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
2267 installed.
2268
2269 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
2270 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
2271 bootloader entry).
2272
2273 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
2274 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
2275
2276 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
2277
2278 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
2279 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
2280 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
2281 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
2282 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
2283
2284 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
2285 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
2286 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
2287
2288 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
2289 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
2290
2291 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
2292 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
2293 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
2294
2295 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
2296 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
2297 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
2298 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
2299 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
2300 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
2301 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
2302 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
2303 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
2304 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
2305 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
2306 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
2307 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
2308 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2309 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
2310 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
2311 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
2312 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
2313 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2314 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
2315 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
2316 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
2317 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
2318 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
2319 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
2320 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
2321 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
2322 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
2323 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
2324 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
2325
2326 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
2327
2328 CHANGES WITH 242:
2329
2330 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
2331 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
2332 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
2333 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
2334 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
2335 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
2336 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
2337
2338 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
2339 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
2340
2341 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
2342 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
2343 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
2344 may be used to view this.
2345
2346 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
2347 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
2348 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
2349 ```
2350 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
2351 [Match]
2352 Type=bridge
2353
2354 [Link]
2355 MACAddressPolicy=none
2356 ```
2357
2358 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
2359 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
2360 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
2361 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
2362 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
2363 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
2364 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
2365
2366 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
2367 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
2368
2369 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
2370 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
2371
2372 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
2373 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
2374
2375 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
2376 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
2377 is a USB peripheral).
2378
2379 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
2380 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
2381 measured.
2382
2383 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
2384 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
2385 have privileges to do so).
2386
2387 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
2388 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
2389 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
2390
2391 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
2392 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
2393 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
2394 namespace.
2395
2396 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
2397 in which case environment variable substitution is
2398 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
2399
2400 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
2401 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
2402 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
2403 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
2404 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
2405
2406 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
2407 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
2408 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
2409 installed CPU cores.
2410
2411 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
2412 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
2413 kernel 4.15.
2414
2415 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
2416 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
2417 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
2418 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
2419 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
2420
2421 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
2422 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
2423 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
2424
2425 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
2426 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
2427 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
2428 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
2429 enslaved devices is not operational.
2430
2431 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
2432 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
2433
2434 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
2435 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
2436 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
2437 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
2438 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
2439 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
2440
2441 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
2442 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
2443
2444 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
2445
2446 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
2447 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
2448 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
2449
2450 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
2451 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
2452
2453 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
2454 configure CAN triple sampling.
2455
2456 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
2457 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
2458
2459 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
2460 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
2461 details.
2462
2463 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
2464 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
2465 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
2466 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
2467 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
2468 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
2469
2470 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
2471
2472 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
2473 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
2474 controlling project quota inheritance.
2475
2476 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
2477 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
2478 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
2479 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
2480 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
2481 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
2482 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
2483 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
2484 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
2485 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
2486 partition.
2487
2488 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
2489 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
2490 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
2491 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
2492 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
2493
2494 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
2495 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
2496
2497 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
2498 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
2499 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
2500 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
2501 be used in production yet.
2502
2503 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
2504 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
2505 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
2506 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
2507 input, output, and error are set up.
2508
2509 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
2510
2511 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
2512 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
2513 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
2514
2515 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
2516 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
2517 the specified expression will elapse next.
2518
2519 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
2520 introspection data.
2521
2522 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
2523 the reboot() system call expects.
2524
2525 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
2526 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
2527 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
2528
2529 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
2530 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
2531 ConditionVirtualization=).
2532
2533 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
2534 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
2535 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
2536 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
2537 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
2538 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
2539 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
2540 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
2541 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
2542 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
2543 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
2544 during reboot with their own operations.
2545
2546 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
2547 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
2548 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
2549 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
2550
2551 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
2552 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
2553 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
2554 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
2555 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
2556
2557 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
2558 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
2559
2560 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
2561 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
2562 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
2563 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
2564 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
2565 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
2566 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
2567 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
2568 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
2569
2570 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
2571 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
2572 prohibited.
2573
2574 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
2575 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
2576 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
2577 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
2578 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
2579 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
2580 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
2581 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
2582
2583 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
2584 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
2585 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
2586 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
2587 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
2588 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
2589 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
2590 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
2591 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
2592 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
2593 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2594 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
2595 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
2596 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
2597 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
2598 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
2599 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2600 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2601
2602 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2603
2604 CHANGES WITH 241:
2605
2606 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2607 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2608 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2609
2610 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2611 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2612 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2613 include the package release information.
2614
2615 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2616 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2617 option.
2618
2619 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2620 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2621 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2622
2623 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2624 again.
2625
2626 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
2627 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
2628 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
2629 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
2630 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
2631 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
2632 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
2633 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
2634 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
2635 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
2636 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
2637 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
2638 installed .link files to *not* include it.
2639
2640 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
2641 "persistent", now works again as documented.
2642
2643 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
2644 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
2645
2646 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
2647 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
2648 used for side-channel attacks.
2649
2650 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
2651 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
2652 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
2653
2654 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
2655 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
2656 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
2657 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
2658 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
2659 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
2660
2661 fs.protected_regular = 0
2662 fs.protected_fifos = 0
2663
2664 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
2665 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
2666
2667 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
2668 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
2669 POSIX shells.
2670
2671 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
2672 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
2673
2674 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
2675 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
2676 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
2677 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
2678 points but otherwise empty.
2679
2680 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
2681 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
2682 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
2683
2684 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2685 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2686
2687 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2688 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2689
2690 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2691 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2692 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2693 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2694 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2695 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2696 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2697 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2698 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2699 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2700 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2701 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2702 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2703 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2704 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2705 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2706 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2707
2708 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2709
2710 CHANGES WITH 240:
2711
2712 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2713 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2714 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2715 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2716 an SELinux policy update is required.
2717 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2718
2719 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2720 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2721 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2722 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2723 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2724 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2725 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2726 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2727 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2728 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2729
2730 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2731 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2732 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2733 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2734 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2735 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2736 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2737 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2738 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2739 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2740 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2741 the search path.
2742
2743 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2744 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2745 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2746 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2747 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2748 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2749 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2750 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2751 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2752 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2753 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2754 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2755 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2756 start job.
2757
2758 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2759 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2760 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2761 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2762 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2763 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2764 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2765 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2766 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2767 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2768
2769 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2770 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2771 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2772 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2773 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2774 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2775 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2776 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2777 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2778 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2779 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2780 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2781 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2782 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2783 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2784 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2785 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2786 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2787 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2788 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2789 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2790 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2791 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2792 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2793 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2794 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2795 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2796 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2797 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2798 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2799 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2800 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2801 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2802 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2803 Java.)
2804
2805 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2806 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2807 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2808 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2809 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2810 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2811 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2812 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2813 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2814 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2815
2816 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2817 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2818 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2819 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2820 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2821 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2822
2823 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2824 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2825 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2826 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2827 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2828
2829 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2830 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2831
2832 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2833 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2834 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2835
2836 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2837 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2838
2839 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2840 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2841 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2842
2843 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2844 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2845 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2846 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2847 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2848 latency.
2849
2850 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2851 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2852
2853 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2854 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2855 instance part of a unit name.
2856
2857 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2858 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2859 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2860 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2861 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2862 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2863 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2864 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2865 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2866
2867 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2868 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2869 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2870 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2871
2872 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2873 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2874 to a file, and appending to it.
2875
2876 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2877 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2878 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2879 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2880 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2881 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2882
2883 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2884 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2885 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2886 having to touch C code.
2887
2888 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2889 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2890
2891 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2892 DNS-over-TLS.
2893
2894 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2895 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2896 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2897
2898 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2899 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2900 until the system finished start-up.
2901
2902 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2903
2904 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2905 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2906 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2907 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2908 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2909 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2910 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2911
2912 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2913 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2914 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2915 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2916 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2917 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2918 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2919 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2920 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2921 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2922 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2923 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2924
2925 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2926 instantiate services.
2927
2928 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2929 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2930
2931 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2932 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2933 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2934
2935 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2936 it is neither used nor maintained.
2937
2938 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2939 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2940 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2941 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2942 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2943 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2944 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2945 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2946 separated by colons.
2947
2948 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2949 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2950
2951 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2952 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2953
2954 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2955 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2956
2957 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2958 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2959 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2960 directly.
2961
2962 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2963 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2964 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2965 ID.
2966
2967 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2968 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2969
2970 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2971 and LOGO=.
2972
2973 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2974 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2975 from any hibernated image.
2976
2977 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2978 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2979 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2980 kernel exports them.
2981
2982 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2983 /usr/bin/.
2984
2985 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2986 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2987 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2988 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2989 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2990 now documented here:
2991
2992 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2993
2994 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2995 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2996 installs during early boot.
2997
2998 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2999 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
3000
3001 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
3002 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
3003
3004 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
3005 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
3006 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
3007
3008 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
3009 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
3010 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
3011 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
3012 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
3013 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
3014 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
3015 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
3016 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
3017 is on AC power.
3018
3019 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
3020 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
3021 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
3022 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
3023 see:
3024
3025 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
3026
3027 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
3028 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
3029 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
3030 and container environments.
3031
3032 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
3033 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
3034 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
3035 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
3036
3037 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
3038 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
3039 journald per-service.
3040
3041 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
3042 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
3043
3044 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
3045 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
3046 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
3047 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
3048
3049 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
3050 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
3051 groups.
3052
3053 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
3054 --ephemeral command line switch.
3055
3056 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
3057 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
3058 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
3059 object itself.
3060
3061 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
3062 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
3063 not unloaded).
3064
3065 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
3066 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
3067 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
3068
3069 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
3070 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
3071 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
3072 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
3073 "dead" state on success.
3074
3075 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
3076 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
3077 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
3078 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
3079 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
3080 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
3081 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
3082 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
3083 well-defined system service context.
3084
3085 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
3086 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
3087 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
3088 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
3089
3090 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
3091 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
3092 continue to be used.
3093
3094 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
3095 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
3096 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
3097 for example:
3098
3099 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
3100
3101 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
3102 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
3103 the command line's exit code.
3104
3105 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
3106
3107 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
3108
3109 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
3110 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
3111 support to systemctl and all other commands.
3112
3113 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
3114 name as argument.
3115
3116 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
3117 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
3118 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
3119 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
3120 is improved.
3121
3122 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
3123 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
3124 initialize one to all 0xFF.
3125
3126 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
3127 all files and directories listed in
3128 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
3129 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
3130 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
3131 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
3132 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
3133 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
3134 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
3135 the transition to the host OS.
3136
3137 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
3138 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
3139 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
3140 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
3141 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
3142 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
3143 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
3144 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
3145 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
3146 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
3147 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
3148 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
3149 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
3150 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
3151 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
3152 these are opened they don't work.
3153
3154 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
3155 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
3156 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
3157 logic works again.
3158
3159 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
3160 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
3161 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
3162 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
3163 ignore it.
3164
3165 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
3166 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
3167 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
3168 commands.
3169
3170 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
3171 pam_systemd anymore.
3172
3173 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
3174 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
3175 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
3176 policy took effect.
3177
3178 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
3179 python-3.5.
3180
3181 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
3182 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
3183 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
3184 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
3185 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
3186 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
3187 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
3188 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
3189 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
3190 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
3191 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
3192 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
3193 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
3194 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
3195 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
3196 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
3197 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3198 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
3199 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
3200 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
3201 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
3202 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
3203 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
3204 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
3205 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
3206 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
3207 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3208 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
3209 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
3210 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
3211 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
3212 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
3213 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
3214 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
3215 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
3216 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
3217 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
3218 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
3219 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
3220 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
3221 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
3222 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
3223 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
3224 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
3225 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
3226
3227 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
3228
3229 CHANGES WITH 239:
3230
3231 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
3232 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
3233 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
3234 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
3235 a slot number associated.
3236
3237 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
3238 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
3239 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
3240 independent.
3241
3242 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
3243 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
3244 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3245
3246 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
3247 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
3248 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
3249 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3250
3251 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
3252 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
3253 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
3254 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
3255 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
3256 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
3257 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
3258 e.g. NIS.
3259
3260 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
3261 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
3262 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
3263 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
3264 may be necessary to update the file.
3265
3266 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
3267 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
3268 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
3269 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
3270 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
3271 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
3272 documentation.
3273
3274 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
3275 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
3276 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
3277 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
3278 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
3279 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
3280 them.
3281
3282 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
3283 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
3284 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
3285 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
3286 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
3287
3288 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
3289 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
3290 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
3291 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
3292 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
3293 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
3294 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
3295 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
3296
3297 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
3298 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
3299 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
3300 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
3301 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
3302
3303 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
3304 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
3305 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
3306 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
3307 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
3308
3309 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
3310 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
3311 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
3312
3313 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
3314 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
3315 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
3316 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
3317 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
3318 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
3319 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
3320 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
3321 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
3322 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
3323 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
3324 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
3325 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
3326 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
3327 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
3328 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
3329 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
3330 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
3331 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
3332 from.
3333
3334 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
3335 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
3336 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
3337 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
3338
3339 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
3340 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
3341 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
3342 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
3343
3344 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
3345 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
3346 hibernates again.
3347
3348 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
3349 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
3350
3351 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
3352 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
3353 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
3354
3355 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
3356 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
3357 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
3358 was not configurable and set to 512.
3359
3360 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
3361 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
3362 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
3363 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
3364 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
3365 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
3366 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
3367 in particular su and sudo.
3368
3369 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
3370 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
3371 synchronization has been received from the network. This
3372 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
3373 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
3374 services.
3375
3376 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
3377 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
3378 files should work for hibernation now.
3379
3380 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
3381 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
3382 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
3383 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
3384 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
3385 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
3386 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
3387 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
3388 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
3389 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
3390 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
3391 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
3392 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
3393 name following the last dash.
3394
3395 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
3396 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
3397 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
3398 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
3399 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
3400
3401 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
3402 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
3403 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
3404 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
3405 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
3406 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
3407
3408 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
3409 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
3410 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
3411 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
3412
3413 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
3414 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
3415 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
3416 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
3417 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
3418
3419 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
3420 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
3421 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
3422 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
3423 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
3424 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
3425 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
3426 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
3427 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
3428 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
3429 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
3430 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
3431 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
3432
3433 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
3434 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
3435 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
3436 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
3437 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
3438 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
3439 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
3440 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
3441 settings.
3442
3443 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
3444 expiration feature, if it is available.
3445
3446 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
3447 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
3448 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
3449
3450 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
3451 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
3452
3453 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
3454
3455 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
3456 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
3457
3458 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
3459 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
3460 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
3461 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
3462 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
3463 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
3464 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
3465 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
3466 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
3467 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
3468 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
3469
3470 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
3471 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
3472 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
3473 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
3474
3475 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
3476 about its state.
3477
3478 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
3479 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
3480 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
3481 "timedatectl set-ntp".
3482
3483 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
3484 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
3485 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
3486 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
3487 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
3488 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
3489 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
3490 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
3491 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
3492 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
3493 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
3494
3495 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
3496 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
3497
3498 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
3499 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
3500 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
3501 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
3502 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
3503 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
3504
3505 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
3506 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
3507 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
3508 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
3509 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
3510 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
3511 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
3512
3513 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
3514 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
3515 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
3516 shown.)
3517
3518 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
3519 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
3520 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
3521 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
3522 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
3523 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
3524 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
3525 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
3526 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
3527
3528 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
3529 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
3530 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
3531
3532 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
3533 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
3534 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
3535 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
3536 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
3537 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
3538 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
3539 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
3540
3541 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
3542
3543 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
3544 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
3545 automatically when the system clock changed.)
3546
3547 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
3548 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
3549
3550 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
3551 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
3552 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
3553
3554 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
3555
3556 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
3557
3558 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
3559 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
3560
3561 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
3562 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
3563 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
3564 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
3565 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
3566 external user databases.
3567
3568 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
3569 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
3570 refused due to the enforced limits.
3571
3572 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
3573 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
3574 manages.
3575
3576 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
3577 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
3578 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
3579 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
3580 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
3581 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
3582 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
3583 where this is now used by default.
3584
3585 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
3586 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
3587
3588 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
3589 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
3590 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
3591 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
3592 update process in a generic way.
3593
3594 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
3595
3596 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
3597 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
3598 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
3599 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3600 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3601 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3602 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3603 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3604 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3605 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3606 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3607 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3608 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3609 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3610 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3611 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3612 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3613 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3614 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3615 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3616 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3617 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3618 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3619 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3620 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3621 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3622 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3623 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3624 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3625
3626 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
3627
3628 CHANGES WITH 238:
3629
3630 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
3631 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
3632 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
3633 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
3634 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
3635 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
3636 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
3637 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
3638 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
3639 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
3640 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
3641 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
3642 to revert this change.
3643
3644 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
3645 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
3646 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
3647 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
3648 once at the end of the transaction.
3649
3650 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
3651 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
3652 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
3653 scripts.
3654
3655 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
3656 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
3657 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
3658 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
3659 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
3660 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
3661 still allowing local admin overrides.
3662
3663 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
3664 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
3665 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
3666
3667 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
3668 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
3669 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
3670 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
3671 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
3672
3673 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
3674 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
3675 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
3676 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
3677 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
3678 from package installation scripts.
3679
3680 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
3681 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
3682 without the user number ("u username -:456").
3683
3684 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3685 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3686
3687 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3688 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3689 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3690
3691 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3692 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3693 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3694 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3695
3696 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3697 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3698 which are triggered meanwhile).
3699
3700 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3701 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3702 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3703 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3704 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3705
3706 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3707 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3708 rotated very quickly.
3709
3710 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3711 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3712 pending bus messages.
3713
3714 * systemd gained a new
3715 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3716 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3717 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3718 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3719 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3720 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3721 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3722 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3723 session scope.
3724
3725 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3726 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3727 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3728 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3729 the tree to be accessed.
3730
3731 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3732 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3733 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3734
3735 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3736 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3737 to keys in the main keyring.
3738
3739 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3740
3741 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3742 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3743
3744 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3745
3746 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3747 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3748 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3749 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3750 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3751 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3752 explicitly.
3753
3754 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3755 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3756
3757 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3758 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3759 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3760 be restarted.
3761
3762 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3763 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3764
3765 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3766 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3767 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3768 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3769 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3770 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3771 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3772 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3773 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3774 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3775 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3776 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3777 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3778 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3779 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3780 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3781
3782 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3783
3784 CHANGES WITH 237:
3785
3786 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3787 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3788 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3789 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3790
3791 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3792 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3793 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3794 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3795 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3796 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3797 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3798 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3799 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3800 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3801
3802 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3803 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3804 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3805 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3806 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3807 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3808 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3809 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3810 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3811 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3812
3813 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3814 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3815 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3816 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3817 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3818 now provides explicit control.
3819
3820 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3821 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3822 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3823 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3824 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3825 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3826 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3827
3828 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3829 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3830 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3831
3832 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3833 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3834
3835 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3836 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3837 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3838 versions.
3839
3840 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3841 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3842 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3843 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3844 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3845 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3846 understands RapidCommit=.
3847
3848 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3849 Delegation.
3850
3851 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3852 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3853 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3854 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3855 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3856 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3857 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3858 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3859 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3860
3861 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3862 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3863 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3864 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3865 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3866 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3867 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3868 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3869 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3870 "Disconnected" signals).
3871
3872 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3873 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3874 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3875 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3876 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3877 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3878 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3879 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3880 round-trips are removed.
3881
3882 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3883 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3884 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3885 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3886
3887 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3888 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3889 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3890 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3891 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3892 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3893
3894 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3895 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3896 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3897 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3898 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3899 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3900 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3901 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3902 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3903 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3904
3905 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3906 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3907 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3908 when the event source is destroyed.
3909
3910 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3911 connections.
3912
3913 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3914 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3915 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3916 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3917 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3918 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3919 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3920
3921 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3922 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3923 manager.
3924
3925 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3926 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3927 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3928 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3929 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3930
3931 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3932 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3933 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3934 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3935 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3936 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3937
3938 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3939 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3940 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3941 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3942 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3943 level/target is given as an argument.
3944
3945 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3946 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3947 where UID and GID do not match.
3948
3949 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3950 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3951 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3952 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3953 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3954 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3955 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3956 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3957 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3958 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3959 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3960 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3961 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3962 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3963 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3964 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3965 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3966 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3967 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3968 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3969 Палаузов
3970
3971 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3972
3973 CHANGES WITH 236:
3974
3975 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3976 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3977 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3978 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3979
3980 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3981 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3982 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3983 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3984 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3985 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3986 valid specifiers today.)
3987
3988 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3989 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3990 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3991 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3992 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3993 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3994
3995 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3996 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3997 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3998 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3999
4000 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
4001 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
4002 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
4003 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
4004 services are resolved properly.
4005
4006 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
4007 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
4008 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
4009 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
4010 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
4011 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
4012 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
4013 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
4014 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
4015 and btrfs.
4016
4017 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
4018 DNS server and domain information.
4019
4020 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
4021 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
4022 runtime.
4023
4024 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
4025 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
4026 empty for the first time.
4027
4028 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
4029 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
4030 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
4031 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
4032 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
4033 running in the user session.
4034
4035 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
4036 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
4037 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
4038 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
4039 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
4040 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
4041 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
4042 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
4043 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
4044 user instance).
4045
4046 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
4047 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
4048
4049 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
4050 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
4051 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
4052 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
4053
4054 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
4055 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
4056
4057 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
4058 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
4059 sleep verbs.
4060
4061 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
4062
4063 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
4064 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
4065
4066 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
4067
4068 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
4069 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
4070 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
4071
4072 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
4073 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
4074 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
4075 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
4076 instance.
4077
4078 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
4079 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
4080 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
4081
4082 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
4083 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
4084 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
4085
4086 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
4087
4088 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
4089 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
4090 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
4091 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
4092 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
4093 processes.
4094
4095 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
4096 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
4097 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
4098 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
4099
4100 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
4101 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
4102 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
4103
4104 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
4105 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
4106 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
4107 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
4108 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
4109
4110 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
4111 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
4112
4113 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
4114 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
4115 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
4116 time the specified expression would elapse.
4117
4118 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
4119 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
4120 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
4121 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
4122 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
4123 types, not just services.
4124
4125 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
4126 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
4127 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
4128 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
4129
4130 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
4131 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
4132 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
4133 interface for this purpose.
4134
4135 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
4136 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
4137 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
4138 anyway.
4139
4140 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
4141 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
4142 requirements of systemd.
4143
4144 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
4145 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
4146 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
4147
4148 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
4149 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
4150 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
4151 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
4152
4153 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
4154 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
4155 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
4156 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
4157
4158 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
4159 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
4160
4161 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
4162 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
4163 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
4164 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
4165 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
4166 managing software supports (such as pppd).
4167
4168 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
4169 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
4170 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
4171
4172 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
4173 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
4174 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
4175 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
4176 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
4177 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
4178 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
4179 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
4180 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
4181 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
4182 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
4183 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
4184 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
4185 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
4186 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
4187 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
4188 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
4189 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4190 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
4191 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
4192 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
4193 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4194 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4195
4196 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
4197
4198 CHANGES WITH 235:
4199
4200 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
4201 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
4202 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
4203 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
4204 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
4205 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
4206 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
4207 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
4208 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
4209 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
4210 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
4211 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
4212 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
4213 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
4214 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
4215 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
4216 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
4217 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
4218 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
4219 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
4220 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
4221 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
4222 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
4223 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
4224 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
4225 IPAddressDeny= see below.
4226
4227 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
4228 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
4229 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
4230 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
4231 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
4232 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
4233 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
4234 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
4235
4236 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
4237 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
4238 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
4239 used to change those values.
4240
4241 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
4242 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
4243 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
4244 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
4245 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
4246 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
4247
4248 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
4249 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
4250 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
4251 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
4252
4253 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
4254 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
4255 one top-level directory.
4256
4257 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
4258 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
4259 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
4260 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
4261 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
4262 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
4263 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
4264 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
4265 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
4266 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
4267 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
4268 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
4269 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
4270 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
4271 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
4272
4273 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
4274 Meson-only.
4275
4276 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
4277 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
4278 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
4279 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
4280 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
4281 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
4282 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
4283 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
4284 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
4285 acceptable to us.
4286
4287 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
4288 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
4289 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
4290 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
4291 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
4292 requested at build time.
4293
4294 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
4295 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
4296 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
4297 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
4298 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
4299 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
4300 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
4301 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
4302 Type= setting which permits configuring
4303 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
4304
4305 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
4306 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
4307 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
4308 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
4309 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
4310 local frames between bridge ports.
4311
4312 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
4313 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
4314 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
4315
4316 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
4317 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
4318
4319 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
4320 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
4321 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
4322 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
4323
4324 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
4325 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
4326 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
4327 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
4328 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
4329 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
4330 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
4331 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
4332
4333 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
4334 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
4335 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
4336 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
4337 command.)
4338
4339 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
4340 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
4341 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
4342
4343 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
4344 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
4345 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
4346 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
4347
4348 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
4349 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
4350 configured, except for the credentials applied by
4351 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
4352 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
4353 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
4354 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
4355 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
4356 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
4357 on systems where this is not supported.
4358
4359 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
4360 sockets.
4361
4362 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
4363 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
4364 during runtime.
4365
4366 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
4367 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
4368 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
4369
4370 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
4371 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
4372 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
4373
4374 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
4375 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
4376 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
4377 Following this logic, two new special targets
4378 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
4379 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
4380 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
4381
4382 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
4383 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
4384 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
4385 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
4386
4387 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
4388 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
4389 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
4390 --wait".
4391
4392 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
4393 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
4394 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
4395 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
4396 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
4397 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
4398 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
4399 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
4400 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
4401
4402 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
4403 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
4404 containing information about the consumed resources of this
4405 invocation.
4406
4407 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
4408 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
4409 processes.
4410
4411 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
4412 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
4413 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
4414 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
4415 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
4416 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
4417 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
4418 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
4419 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
4420 systems for all five operations.
4421
4422 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
4423 the system.
4424
4425 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
4426 than UTC or the local timezone.
4427
4428 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
4429 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
4430 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
4431 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
4432 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
4433 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
4434 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
4435 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
4436
4437 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
4438 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
4439 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
4440 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
4441 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
4442 again.
4443
4444 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
4445 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
4446 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
4447
4448 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
4449 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
4450 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
4451 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
4452 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
4453 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
4454 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4455 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
4456 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
4457 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
4458 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
4459 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
4460 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
4461 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
4462 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
4463 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
4464 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
4465 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
4466 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
4467 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4468
4469 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
4470
4471 CHANGES WITH 234:
4472
4473 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
4474 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
4475 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
4476 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
4477 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
4478 summary:
4479
4480 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
4481
4482 becomes:
4483
4484 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
4485
4486 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
4487 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
4488 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
4489 .device units.
4490
4491 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
4492 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
4493 running a systemd user instance.
4494
4495 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
4496 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
4497 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
4498 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
4499 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
4500 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
4501
4502 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4503
4504 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
4505 (domain search list).
4506
4507 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
4508 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4509 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
4510 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
4511 implementation of RA.
4512
4513 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
4514 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
4515 ISO date values.
4516
4517 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
4518 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
4519 devices.
4520
4521 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
4522 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
4523 option.
4524
4525 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
4526 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
4527 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
4528 default yet.
4529
4530 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
4531 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
4532 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
4533 SHA256SUMS files.
4534
4535 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
4536 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
4537
4538 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
4539
4540 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
4541
4542 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
4543 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
4544
4545 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
4546 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
4547 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
4548 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
4549
4550 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
4551 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
4552 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
4553 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
4554 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
4555 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
4556 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
4557 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
4558 systemd-logind to be safe. See
4559 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
4560
4561 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
4562 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
4563 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
4564 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
4565 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
4566 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
4567 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
4568 after all the plugins exit.
4569
4570 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
4571 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
4572 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
4573 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
4574 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
4575 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
4576 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
4577 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4578 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
4579 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
4580 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
4581 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
4582 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
4583 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
4584 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
4585 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4586 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
4587 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
4588 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
4589 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
4590 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
4591 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
4592 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
4593 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
4594 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4595 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
4596 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4597 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
4598 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
4599 Георгиевски
4600
4601 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4602
4603 CHANGES WITH 233:
4604
4605 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4606 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4607 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4608 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4609 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4610 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4611 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4612 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4613 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4614
4615 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4616 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4617 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4618 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4619 default selected on the configure command line
4620 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4621 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4622 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4623 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4624 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4625 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4626 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
4627 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
4628 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
4629 greatest stability and compatibility only.
4630
4631 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
4632 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
4633 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
4634 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
4635 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
4636 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
4637 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
4638 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
4639 further details about this.)
4640
4641 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
4642 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
4643 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
4644
4645 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
4646 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
4647
4648 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4649 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
4650 with 'make install-tests'.
4651
4652 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
4653 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
4654 kernel.
4655
4656 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
4657 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
4658 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
4659 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
4660 by the Slice= option.
4661
4662 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
4663 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
4664 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
4665 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
4666
4667 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
4668 following choices:
4669
4670 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
4671 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
4672 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
4673 (h)elp
4674 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
4675 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
4676 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
4677 (y)es, execute the command
4678
4679 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
4680 because its meaning was confusing.
4681
4682 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
4683 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
4684
4685 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4686 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4687 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4688
4689 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4690 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4691 state directly, without executing these commands.
4692
4693 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4694 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4695 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4696
4697 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4698 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4699 combination with After=) have been started.
4700
4701 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4702 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4703 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4704
4705 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4706 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4707 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4708 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4709 configuration related calls.
4710
4711 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4712 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4713 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4714 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4715 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4716 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4717 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4718
4719 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4720 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4721
4722 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4723 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4724 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4725
4726 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4727 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4728
4729 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4730 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4731 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4732 for compatibility.
4733
4734 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4735 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4736
4737 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4738 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4739
4740 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4741 support for negative matching.
4742
4743 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4744
4745 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4746 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4747
4748 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4749 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4750 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4751 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4752 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4753 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4754 removed from the drive.
4755
4756 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4757 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4758
4759 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4760 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4761
4762 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4763 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4764 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4765
4766 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4767 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4768 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4769 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4770 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4771 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4772 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4773
4774 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4775 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4776 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4777 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4778 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4779 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4780
4781 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4782 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4783
4784 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4785 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4786 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4787 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4788 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4789 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4790 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4791 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4792
4793 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4794 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4795 including all control processes.
4796
4797 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4798 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4799 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4800
4801 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4802 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4803 prefixing the source path with "+".
4804
4805 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4806 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4807 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4808 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4809 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4810 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4811 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4812 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4813
4814 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4815 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4816 before).
4817
4818 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4819 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4820 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4821 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4822 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4823 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4824 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4825
4826 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4827 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4828 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4829 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4830 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4831 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4832 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4833 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4834 versions.
4835
4836 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4837 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4838 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4839 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4840 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4841 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4842 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4843 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4844 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4845 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4846 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4847 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4848 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4849 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4850 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4851 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4852 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4853 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4854 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4855 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4856 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4857
4858 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4859 accelerometer quirks.
4860
4861 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4862 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4863 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4864 ID of each service.
4865
4866 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4867 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4868 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4869 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4870 view.
4871
4872 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4873 environment variables:
4874
4875 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4876
4877 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4878 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4879 address.
4880
4881 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4882 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4883 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4884
4885 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4886 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4887 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4888 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4889 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4890 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4891 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4892 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4893 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4894 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4895 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4896 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4897 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4898
4899 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4900 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4901 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4902
4903 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4904 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4905
4906 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4907 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4908 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4909 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4910 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4911
4912 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4913 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4914 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4915
4916 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4917 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4918
4919 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4920 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4921 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4922 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4923
4924 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4925 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4926 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4927 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4928 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4929 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4930 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4931 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4932 possibly even including full integrity data.
4933
4934 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4935 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4936 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4937 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4938 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4939
4940 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4941 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4942 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4943 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4944 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4945
4946 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4947 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4948 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4949 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4950
4951 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4952 of coredumps in reverse order.
4953
4954 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4955 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4956 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4957 additional informational message in its output.
4958
4959 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4960 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4961 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4962
4963 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4964 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4965 scripting languages such as Python.
4966
4967 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4968 namespacing is enabled for them.
4969
4970 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4971 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4972 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4973 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4974 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4975 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4976
4977 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4978 root key (KSK).
4979
4980 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4981 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4982 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4983
4984 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4985 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4986 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4987 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4988 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4989 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4990 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4991 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4992 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4993 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4994 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4995 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4996 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4997 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4998 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4999 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
5000 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
5001 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
5002 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
5003 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
5004 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
5005 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
5006 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
5007 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
5008 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
5009 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
5010 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
5011 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
5012 Тихонов
5013
5014 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
5015
5016 CHANGES WITH 232:
5017
5018 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
5019 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
5020 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
5021 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
5022 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
5023 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
5024
5025 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
5026 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
5027
5028 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
5029 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
5030 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
5031
5032 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
5033 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
5034 to be remounted read-only for a service.
5035
5036 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
5037 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
5038 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
5039 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
5040
5041 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
5042 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
5043
5044 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
5045 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
5046 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
5047
5048 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
5049 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
5050 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
5051 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
5052 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
5053 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
5054 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
5055 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
5056 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
5057 permanent modifications to the system.
5058
5059 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
5060 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
5061 container or chroot environments.
5062
5063 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
5064 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
5065 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
5066 mapped to nobody.
5067
5068 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
5069 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
5070 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
5071 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
5072
5073 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
5074 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
5075
5076 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
5077 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
5078 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
5079 and the support is provisional.
5080
5081 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
5082 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
5083 unit files in the file system).
5084
5085 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
5086 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
5087 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
5088 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
5089 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
5090 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
5091 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
5092 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
5093 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
5094 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
5095 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
5096 state is fixed automatically.
5097
5098 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
5099 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
5100 option.
5101
5102 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
5103 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
5104 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
5105 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
5106 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
5107 else.
5108
5109 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
5110 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
5111 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
5112 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
5113 bootable on physical systems.
5114
5115 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
5116
5117 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
5118 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
5119 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
5120 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
5121 used.
5122
5123 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
5124 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
5125 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
5126 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
5127
5128 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
5129
5130 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
5131 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
5132 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
5133 of the container).
5134
5135 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
5136 files from the specified location.
5137
5138 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
5139 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
5140 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
5141 be active.
5142
5143 * The hardware database has been extended to support
5144 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
5145 trackball devices.
5146
5147 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
5148 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
5149 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
5150
5151 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
5152 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
5153 specified service binary exited.)
5154
5155 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
5156 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
5157
5158 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
5159 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
5160 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
5161 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
5162 --since= and --until= options.
5163
5164 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
5165 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
5166 are automatically propagated to the container.
5167
5168 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
5169 from a single IP address can be limited with
5170 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
5171 MaxConnections=.
5172
5173 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
5174 configuration.
5175
5176 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
5177 drop-ins.
5178
5179 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
5180 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
5181 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
5182 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
5183 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
5184 [Link] section of .link files.
5185
5186 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
5187 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
5188 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
5189 section of .netdev files.
5190
5191 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
5192 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
5193 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
5194
5195 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
5196 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
5197 .network files.
5198
5199 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
5200 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
5201 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
5202 service runtime cycle.
5203
5204 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
5205 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
5206 has been traditionally doing.
5207
5208 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
5209 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
5210 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
5211 prevent any later plugins from running.
5212
5213 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
5214 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
5215 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
5216 default of SplitMode=uid.
5217
5218 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
5219 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
5220 useful.
5221
5222 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
5223 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
5224 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
5225 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
5226 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
5227 individual namespaces.
5228
5229 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
5230 the output, as well as OS release information.
5231
5232 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
5233
5234 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
5235 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
5236 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
5237 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
5238 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
5239
5240 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
5241 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
5242 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
5243 severed.
5244
5245 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
5246 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
5247 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
5248 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
5249 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
5250 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
5251 information about exit statuses and results.
5252
5253 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
5254 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
5255 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
5256 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
5257 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
5258 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
5259
5260 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
5261
5262 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
5263 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
5264 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
5265 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
5266 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
5267 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
5268 entirely.
5269
5270 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
5271 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
5272 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
5273
5274 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
5275 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
5276 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
5277 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
5278 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
5279 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
5280 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
5281 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
5282 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
5283 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
5284 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
5285 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
5286 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
5287 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
5288 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
5289 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
5290 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
5291
5292 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
5293 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
5294 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
5295 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
5296
5297 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
5298 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
5299 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
5300 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
5301
5302 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
5303 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
5304 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
5305 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
5306 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
5307 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
5308 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
5309 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
5310 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
5311 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
5312 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
5313 fragment entirely.)
5314
5315 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
5316 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
5317 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
5318
5319 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
5320 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
5321 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
5322 FileDescriptorName= setting.
5323
5324 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
5325 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
5326 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
5327 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
5328 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
5329 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
5330
5331 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
5332 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
5333
5334 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
5335 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
5336
5337 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
5338 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
5339 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
5340 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
5341 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
5342
5343 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
5344 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
5345 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
5346 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5347 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
5348 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
5349 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
5350 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
5351 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
5352 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
5353 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
5354 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
5355 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
5356 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
5357 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5358 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
5359 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
5360 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
5361 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
5362 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
5363 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
5364 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
5365 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
5366 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
5367 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5368 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5369
5370 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
5371
5372 CHANGES WITH 231:
5373
5374 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
5375 with an additional special character as first argument of the
5376 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
5377 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
5378 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
5379 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
5380 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
5381 independently.
5382
5383 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
5384 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
5385
5386 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
5387 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
5388 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
5389 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
5390 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
5391 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
5392 values.
5393
5394 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
5395 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
5396 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
5397 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
5398 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
5399
5400 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
5401 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
5402 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
5403 7:10am every day.
5404
5405 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
5406 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
5407 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
5408 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
5409 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
5410 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
5411 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
5412 available for compatibility.
5413
5414 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
5415 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
5416 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
5417 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
5418 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
5419 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
5420
5421 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
5422 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
5423 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
5424 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
5425 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
5426 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
5427 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
5428 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
5429 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
5430
5431 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
5432 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
5433 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
5434 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5435 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
5436 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
5437 desired options.
5438
5439 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
5440 cgroup v2.
5441
5442 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
5443 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
5444 limited to subgroups of that group.
5445
5446 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
5447 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
5448 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
5449 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
5450 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
5451 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
5452 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
5453 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
5454
5455 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
5456 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
5457 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
5458 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
5459 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
5460 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
5461 own long-running services.
5462
5463 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
5464 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
5465 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
5466 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
5467
5468 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
5469 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
5470 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
5471 propagates this notification further to the service manager
5472 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
5473 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
5474 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
5475 primitives.
5476
5477 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
5478 "terminate".
5479
5480 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
5481 link-local IPv6 addresses.
5482
5483 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
5484 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
5485 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
5486 --flush-caches".
5487
5488 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
5489 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
5490 is shown.
5491
5492 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
5493 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
5494 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
5495 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
5496 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
5497 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
5498
5499 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
5500 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
5501 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
5502 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
5503 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
5504 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
5505 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
5506 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
5507 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
5508 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
5509 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
5510 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
5511 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
5512 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
5513 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
5514 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
5515 bus API instead.
5516
5517 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
5518 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
5519 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
5520 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
5521
5522 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
5523 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
5524 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
5525 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
5526
5527 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
5528 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
5529 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
5530
5531 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
5532 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
5533
5534 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
5535 interface configuration.
5536
5537 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
5538 specifying the --force switch.
5539
5540 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
5541 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
5542 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
5543
5544 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
5545 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
5546 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
5547 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
5548 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
5549 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
5550 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
5551 to be handled.
5552
5553 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
5554 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
5555
5556 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
5557 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
5558
5559 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
5560 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
5561 of persistent symlinks for that device.
5562
5563 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
5564 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
5565
5566 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
5567 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
5568 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
5569 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
5570 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
5571 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
5572 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
5573 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
5574 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
5575 library.
5576
5577 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
5578 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
5579 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
5580 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
5581 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
5582 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
5583 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
5584 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
5585 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
5586 doc/HACKING for details.
5587
5588 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
5589 distribution's bugtracker.
5590
5591 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
5592 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
5593 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
5594 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
5595 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
5596 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
5597 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
5598 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
5599 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5600 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5601 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5602 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5603 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5604 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5605 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5606 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5607 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5608 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5609 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5610
5611 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5612
5613 CHANGES WITH 230:
5614
5615 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5616 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5617 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5618 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5619 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5620 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5621 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5622 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5623 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5624 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5625 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5626 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
5627 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
5628 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
5629 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
5630 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
5631 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
5632 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
5633 applications.)
5634
5635 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
5636 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
5637 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
5638
5639 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
5640 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
5641 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
5642 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
5643 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
5644 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
5645 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
5646
5647 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
5648 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
5649 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
5650 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
5651 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
5652 command works for tmux.
5653
5654 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
5655 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
5656 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
5657 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
5658 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
5659 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
5660
5661 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
5662 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
5663
5664 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
5665 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
5666 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
5667
5668 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
5669
5670 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
5671 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
5672 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
5673 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
5674 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
5675
5676 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
5677 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
5678 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
5679 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
5680
5681 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
5682 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
5683 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
5684 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5685 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5686 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5687
5688 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5689 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5690 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5691
5692 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5693 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5694 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5695 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5696 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5697 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5698
5699 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5700 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5701 address.
5702
5703 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5704 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5705 should be emitted.
5706
5707 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5708 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5709 supported.
5710
5711 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5712 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5713 logging performance.
5714
5715 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5716 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5717 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5718 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5719 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5720 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5721
5722 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5723 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5724 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5725 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5726
5727 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5728 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5729
5730 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5731 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5732 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5733
5734 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5735
5736 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5737 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5738 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5739 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5740
5741 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5742 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5743 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5744 refuse to operate on such files.
5745
5746 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5747 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5748 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5749
5750 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5751 just hidden container images.
5752
5753 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5754 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5755
5756 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5757 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5758 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5759 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5760 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5761 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5762 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5763 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5764 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5765 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5766 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5767
5768 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5769 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5770 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5771 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5772 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5773 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5774 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5775 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5776 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5777 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5778 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5779 terminates.
5780
5781 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5782 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5783 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5784 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5785
5786 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5787 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5788 rate of the socket unit.
5789
5790 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5791 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5792 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5793 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5794 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5795
5796 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5797 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5798 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5799 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5800 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5801 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5802 with this.
5803
5804 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5805 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5806
5807 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5808 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5809
5810 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5811 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5812 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5813 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5814 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5815
5816 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5817 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5818 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5819
5820 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5821 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5822 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5823 target is now included in early userspace.
5824
5825 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5826 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5827 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5828 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5829 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5830 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5831 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5832 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5833 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5834 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5835 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5836 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5837 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5838 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5839 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5840 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5841 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5842 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5843 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5844 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5845 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5846 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5847 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5848 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5849 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5850 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5851
5852 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5853
5854 CHANGES WITH 229:
5855
5856 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5857 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5858 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5859 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5860 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5861 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5862 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5863 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5864 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5865 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5866 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5867 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5868 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5869
5870 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5871 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5872 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5873 /usr/bin.
5874
5875 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5876 devices.
5877
5878 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5879 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5880 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5881 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5882 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5883 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5884 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5885 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5886 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5887 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5888 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5889 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5890 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5891 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5892 this limit.
5893
5894 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5895 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5896 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5897 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5898 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5899 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5900 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5901 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5902
5903 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5904 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5905 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5906 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5907 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5908 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5909 and group at package installation time.
5910
5911 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5912 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5913 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5914 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5915 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5916
5917 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5918 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5919 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5920 supports it.
5921
5922 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5923 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5924
5925 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5926 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5927 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5928 file is already initialized.
5929
5930 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5931 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5932 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5933 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5934 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5935 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5936 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5937 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5938 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5939
5940 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5941 working directory for the process started in the container.
5942
5943 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5944 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5945 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5946 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5947 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5948
5949 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5950 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5951 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5952
5953 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5954 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5955 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5956 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5957
5958 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5959 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5960 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5961 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5962 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5963
5964 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5965 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5966 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5967 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5968
5969 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5970 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5971 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5972 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5973 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5974 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5975 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5976 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5977 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5978 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5979 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5980 by PID 1.
5981
5982 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5983 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5984 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5985 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5986 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5987 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5988 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5989 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5990
5991 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5992
5993 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5994 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5995 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5996
5997 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5998 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5999 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
6000 recent kernels.
6001
6002 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
6003 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
6004
6005 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
6006 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
6007 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
6008 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
6009 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
6010 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
6011 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
6012 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
6013 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
6014 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
6015 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
6016 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
6017 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
6018
6019 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
6020 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
6021 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
6022 clusters or larger setups.
6023
6024 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
6025
6026 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
6027 sockets.
6028
6029 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
6030
6031 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
6032 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
6033 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
6034 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
6035 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
6036 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
6037
6038 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
6039 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
6040 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
6041
6042 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
6043 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
6044 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
6045 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
6046
6047 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
6048
6049 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
6050 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
6051 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
6052 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
6053 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
6054 maintain compatibility.
6055
6056 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
6057 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
6058 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
6059 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
6060 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
6061 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
6062 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
6063 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
6064 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
6065 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
6066 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
6067 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6068 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
6069 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
6070 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
6071 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
6072 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6073 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
6074 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6075
6076 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
6077
6078 CHANGES WITH 228:
6079
6080 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
6081 files are now also available as properties to set when
6082 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
6083 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
6084 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
6085 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
6086 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6087 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
6088 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
6089
6090 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
6091 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
6092 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
6093
6094 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
6095 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
6096 created transiently.
6097
6098 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
6099 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
6100 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
6101 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
6102 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
6103 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
6104 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
6105 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
6106
6107 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
6108 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
6109 disk and sync the files, before returning.
6110
6111 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
6112 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
6113 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
6114 enabled.
6115
6116 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
6117 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
6118 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
6119 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
6120 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
6121 subvolumes.
6122
6123 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
6124 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
6125
6126 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
6127 individual indexes.
6128
6129 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
6130 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
6131 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
6132 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
6133 suffixes now.
6134
6135 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
6136 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
6137 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
6138 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
6139 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
6140 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
6141 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
6142 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
6143 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
6144 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
6145 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
6146 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
6147 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
6148 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
6149 number of processes or tasks each user may own
6150 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
6151 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
6152 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
6153 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
6154 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
6155 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
6156
6157 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
6158 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
6159 links between the host and the container.
6160
6161 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
6162 added that allows importing select environment variables
6163 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
6164 the service.
6165
6166 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
6167 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
6168 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
6169 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
6170 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
6171 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
6172 than until they first elapse.
6173
6174 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
6175 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
6176 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
6177 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
6178 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
6179 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
6180 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
6181 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
6182
6183 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
6184 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
6185 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
6186 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
6187 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
6188 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
6189 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
6190 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
6191 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
6192 journal and in coredump handling.
6193
6194 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
6195 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
6196 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
6197 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
6198 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
6199 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
6200 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
6201 software you package still references it, as this is a
6202 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
6203 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
6204
6205 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
6206
6207 Note that only util-linux versions built with
6208 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
6209
6210 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
6211 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
6212 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
6213
6214 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
6215 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
6216 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
6217 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
6218 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
6219 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
6220 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
6221 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
6222 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
6223 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
6224 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
6225 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
6226 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
6227 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
6228 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
6229 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
6230
6231 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
6232 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
6233 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
6234 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
6235 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
6236 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
6237 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
6238 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
6239 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
6240 surprises.
6241
6242 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
6243 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
6244 to the various user database fields of the user that the
6245 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
6246 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
6247 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
6248 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
6249 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
6250 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
6251 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
6252 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
6253 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
6254 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
6255 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
6256 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
6257 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
6258 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
6259 of PID 1 is the root user).
6260
6261 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
6262 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
6263 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6264 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
6265 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6266 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
6267 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6268 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
6269 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6270 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
6271 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
6272 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
6273 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6274 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
6275 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6276
6277 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
6278
6279 CHANGES WITH 227:
6280
6281 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
6282 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
6283 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
6284
6285 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
6286 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
6287 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
6288 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
6289 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
6290 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
6291
6292 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
6293 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
6294 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
6295 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6296 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
6297
6298 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
6299 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
6300 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
6301 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
6302 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
6303 packets on unestablished sockets.
6304
6305 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6306 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
6307 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
6308 automatically.
6309
6310 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
6311 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
6312 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
6313
6314 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
6315 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
6316 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
6317 for disk IO.
6318
6319 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
6320 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
6321 removed.
6322
6323 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
6324 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
6325 directory is set to the home directory of the user
6326 configured in User=.
6327
6328 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
6329 directory of the selected user by default.
6330
6331 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
6332 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
6333 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
6334 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
6335 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
6336 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
6337 compat reasons.
6338
6339 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
6340 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
6341 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
6342 units.
6343
6344 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
6345 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
6346 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
6347 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
6348 level.
6349
6350 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
6351 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
6352 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
6353 namespaces work correctly.
6354
6355 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
6356 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
6357 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
6358 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
6359 activation.
6360
6361 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
6362 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
6363 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
6364 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
6365 system instance in a container.
6366
6367 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
6368 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
6369 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
6370 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
6371 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
6372 connections.
6373
6374 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
6375 show the control groups within a certain container only.
6376
6377 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
6378 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
6379 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
6380 processes attached, or similar.
6381
6382 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
6383 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
6384 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
6385
6386 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
6387 specifiers like %i or %f.
6388
6389 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
6390 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
6391 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
6392 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
6393
6394 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
6395 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
6396 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
6397 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
6398 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
6399 descriptors using sd_notify().
6400
6401 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
6402
6403 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
6404 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
6405
6406 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
6407 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
6408
6409 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
6410 .network files.
6411
6412 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
6413 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
6414 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
6415 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
6416 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
6417 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
6418 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
6419 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
6420 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
6421 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
6422 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
6423 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
6424 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
6425 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
6426 gdm-autologin is used.
6427
6428 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
6429 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
6430 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
6431 next to the image file.
6432
6433 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
6434 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
6435 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
6436 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
6437
6438 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
6439 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
6440 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
6441 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
6442 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
6443 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
6444
6445 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
6446 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
6447 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
6448 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6449 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
6450 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
6451 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
6452 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
6453 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
6454 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
6455 number of files in place.
6456
6457 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
6458 on kernels where that is supported.
6459
6460 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
6461
6462 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
6463 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
6464 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
6465 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6466 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
6467 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
6468 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
6469 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
6470 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
6471 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
6472 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6473 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6474 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
6475 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
6476 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
6477 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6478 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
6479 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
6480
6481 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
6482
6483 CHANGES WITH 226:
6484
6485 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
6486 new features:
6487
6488 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
6489 information. It may be enabled and configured via
6490 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
6491 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
6492 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
6493 is any) is propagated.
6494
6495 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
6496 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
6497 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
6498 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
6499 information is enabled between host and containers by
6500 default now: the container will change its local timezone
6501 to what the host has set.
6502
6503 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
6504 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
6505
6506 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
6507 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
6508 information back, even if the server loses state.
6509
6510 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
6511 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
6512 PoolSize=.
6513
6514 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
6515 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
6516 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
6517 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
6518
6519 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
6520 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
6521 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
6522 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
6523 'dbus-daemon' systems.
6524
6525 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
6526 for virtio devices.
6527
6528 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
6529 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
6530 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
6531 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
6532 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
6533 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
6534 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
6535 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
6536 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
6537 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
6538 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
6539 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
6540 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
6541 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
6542 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
6543 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
6544 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
6545 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
6546 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
6547 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
6548 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
6549 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
6550 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
6551 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
6552 grants them.
6553
6554 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
6555 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
6556 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
6557 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
6558 group tree.
6559
6560 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
6561 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
6562 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
6563 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
6564 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
6565 work correctly in containers now.
6566
6567 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
6568 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
6569
6570 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
6571 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
6572 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
6573 function call is particularly useful when implementing
6574 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
6575
6576 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
6577 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
6578 signal events.
6579
6580 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
6581 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
6582 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
6583 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
6584
6585 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
6586 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
6587 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
6588 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
6589 nspawn command line.
6590
6591 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
6592 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
6593 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6594 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
6595 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
6596 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
6597 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6598 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
6599
6600 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6601
6602 CHANGES WITH 225:
6603
6604 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6605 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6606 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6607 shell directly without prompting for username or
6608 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6609 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6610 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6611 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6612 the originating session.
6613
6614 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6615 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6616
6617 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6618 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6619 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6620 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6621 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6622 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6623 probably not stabilize on this release.
6624
6625 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6626 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
6627 messages.
6628
6629 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
6630 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
6631 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
6632
6633 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
6634 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
6635
6636 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
6637 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
6638 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
6639 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
6640 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
6641 posteriori.
6642
6643 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
6644 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
6645
6646 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
6647 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
6648 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
6649 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
6650 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
6651 "lastlog" tools.
6652
6653 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
6654 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
6655 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
6656 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
6657 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
6658
6659 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
6660 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
6661 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
6662 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6663 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
6664 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
6665 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
6666 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
6667 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
6668 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
6669 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
6670 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6671
6672 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
6673
6674 CHANGES WITH 224:
6675
6676 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
6677 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
6678
6679 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
6680 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
6681 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
6682
6683 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
6684 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6685 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6686
6687 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6688
6689 CHANGES WITH 223:
6690
6691 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6692 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6693 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6694 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6695
6696 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6697 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6698
6699 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6700 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6701
6702 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6703
6704 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6705 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6706 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6707
6708 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6709 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6710 decapsulated packet.
6711
6712 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6713 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6714 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6715 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6716 netlink attribute.
6717
6718 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6719 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6720 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6721 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6722
6723 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6724 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6725 according to RFC2460.
6726
6727 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6728 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6729
6730 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6731 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6732 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6733
6734 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6735 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6736 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6737 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6738 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6739 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6740
6741 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6742 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6743 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6744 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6745 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6746 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6747 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6748 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6749 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6750 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6751
6752 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6753
6754 CHANGES WITH 222:
6755
6756 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6757 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6758 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6759
6760 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6761 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6762
6763 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6764 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6765 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6766 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6767 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6768
6769 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6770 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6771 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6772
6773 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6774 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6775 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6776 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6777 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6778
6779 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6780
6781 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6782 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6783 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6784 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6785 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6786 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6787 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6788 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6789 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6790 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6791
6792 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6793
6794 CHANGES WITH 221:
6795
6796 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6797 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6798 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6799 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6800 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6801 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6802 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6803 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6804 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6805 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6806 portable to other kernels.
6807
6808 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6809 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6810 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6811 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6812 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6813 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6814 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6815 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6816 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6817 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6818 systemd enabled.
6819
6820 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6821 2.26.
6822
6823 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6824 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6825 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6826 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6827 in README for details.
6828
6829 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6830 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6831 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6832 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6833 unit.
6834
6835 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6836 into man pages.
6837
6838 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6839 external project.
6840
6841 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6842 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6843
6844 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6845 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6846 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6847 state.
6848
6849 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6850 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6851 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6852
6853 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6854 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6855 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6856 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6857 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6858 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6859 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6860 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6861 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6862 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6863 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6864 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6865 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6866 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6867 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6868 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6869
6870 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6871
6872 CHANGES WITH 220:
6873
6874 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6875 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6876 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6877 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6878 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6879 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6880 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6881 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6882
6883 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6884 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6885 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6886 service consumed). This value is only available if
6887 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6888 in the "systemctl status" output.
6889
6890 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6891 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6892 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6893 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6894 previously was already the default behaviour).
6895
6896 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6897 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6898 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6899
6900 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6901 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6902 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6903 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6904
6905 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6906 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6907 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6908 journalling file systems that support external journal
6909 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6910 systems to be mounted.
6911
6912 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6913 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6914 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6915 stable release this should not be problematic.
6916
6917 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6918 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6919 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6920 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6921 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6922
6923 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6924 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6925 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6926 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6927 network switches.
6928
6929 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6930 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6931
6932 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6933 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6934 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6935
6936 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6937
6938 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6939 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6940 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6941 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6942 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6943 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6944 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6945 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6946 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6947 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6948 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6949 been fixed in v220.
6950
6951 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6952 systemd-networkd.
6953
6954 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6955 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6956 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6957 containers started from the command line.
6958
6959 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6960 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6961
6962 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6963 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6964 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6965 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6966
6967 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6968 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6969 when shutting down.
6970
6971 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6972 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6973 overlayfs support.
6974
6975 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6976 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6977 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6978 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6979 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6980 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6981 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6982
6983 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6984 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6985 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6986
6987 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6988 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6989 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6990 of v1 as before).
6991
6992 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6993 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6994
6995 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6996 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6997 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6998 without further privileges or authorization.
6999
7000 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
7001 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
7002 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
7003 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
7004 accessible via a bus interface.
7005
7006 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
7007 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
7008 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
7009 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
7010 to cover this functionality.
7011
7012 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
7013 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
7014 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
7015 disabled/masked also stopped.
7016
7017 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
7018 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
7019 updated to support systemd-boot.
7020
7021 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
7022 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
7023 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
7024 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
7025 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
7026 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
7027 like this and can extract OS release information from them
7028 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
7029 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
7030
7031 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
7032 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
7033 system.
7034
7035 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
7036 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
7037 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
7038 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
7039
7040 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
7041 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
7042 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
7043 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
7044
7045 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
7046 stick devices has been added.
7047
7048 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
7049 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
7050
7051 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
7052 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
7053 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
7054 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
7055 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
7056
7057 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
7058 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
7059 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
7060
7061 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
7062 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
7063 Debian.
7064
7065 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
7066 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
7067 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
7068
7069 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
7070 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
7071 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
7072 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
7073 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
7074 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
7075 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
7076 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7077 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
7078 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
7079 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7080 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
7081 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
7082 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
7083 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
7084 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
7085 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
7086 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7087 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
7088 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
7089 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
7090 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
7091 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
7092 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
7093 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
7094 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
7095 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7096
7097 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
7098
7099 CHANGES WITH 219:
7100
7101 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
7102 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
7103 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
7104 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
7105 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
7106 interface with and update the database.
7107
7108 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
7109 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
7110 before bytewise copying is done.
7111
7112 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
7113 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
7114 directory, and immediately removed when the container
7115 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
7116 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
7117 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
7118 for starting a container off the root file system of the
7119 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
7120 available on btrfs file systems.
7121
7122 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
7123 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7124 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
7125 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
7126 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
7127 systems.
7128
7129 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
7130 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
7131 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
7132 mount point remains.
7133
7134 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
7135 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
7136 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
7137 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
7138 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
7139 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
7140 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
7141 are disabled.
7142
7143 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
7144 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
7145 container to the host or vice versa.
7146
7147 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
7148 mount host directories into local containers. This is
7149 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
7150
7151 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
7152 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
7153
7154 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
7155 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
7156 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
7157 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
7158 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
7159 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
7160 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
7161 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
7162 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
7163 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
7164 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
7165 make the functionality of importd available to the
7166 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
7167 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
7168 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
7169 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
7170 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
7171 only fully supported on btrfs.
7172
7173 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
7174 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
7175 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
7176 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
7177 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
7178 information about images.
7179
7180 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
7181 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
7182 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
7183 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
7184 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
7185 legacy file systems).
7186
7187 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
7188 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
7189 shown in networkctl output.
7190
7191 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
7192 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
7193 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
7194 processes as system services while interactively
7195 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
7196 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
7197 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
7198 full login session, the difference being that the former
7199 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
7200 setup.
7201
7202 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
7203 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
7204 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
7205 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
7206 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
7207
7208 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
7209 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
7210 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
7211 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
7212 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
7213 via qemu/kvm.
7214
7215 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
7216 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
7217 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
7218 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
7219 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
7220 disk images, too.
7221
7222 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
7223 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
7224 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
7225 integrate with that.
7226
7227 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
7228 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
7229 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
7230 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
7231
7232 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
7233 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
7234 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
7235
7236 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
7237 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
7238 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
7239 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
7240 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
7241 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
7242 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
7243 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
7244 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
7245 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
7246
7247 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
7248 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
7249 files.
7250
7251 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
7252 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
7253 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
7254 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
7255 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
7256 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
7257 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
7258 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
7259 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
7260 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
7261 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
7262 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
7263 explicitly turned on.
7264
7265 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
7266 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
7267 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
7268 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
7269
7270 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
7271 supported.
7272
7273 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
7274 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
7275 user/session following the status output. Similar,
7276 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
7277 associated with a virtual machine or container
7278 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
7279 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
7280 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
7281 output however.)
7282
7283 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
7284 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
7285 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
7286 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
7287 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
7288 caller's session/user.
7289
7290 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
7291 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
7292 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
7293 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
7294 user services.
7295
7296 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
7297 same way as unit files.
7298
7299 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
7300 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
7301 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
7302 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
7303 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
7304 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
7305 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
7306 the host.
7307
7308 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
7309 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
7310 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
7311 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
7312 the host as if their services were running directly on the
7313 host.
7314
7315 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
7316 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
7317 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
7318 updated to make use of it too by default.
7319
7320 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
7321 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
7322 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
7323 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
7324
7325 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
7326 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
7327 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
7328 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
7329 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
7330 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
7331 modification.
7332
7333 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
7334 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
7335 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7336 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
7337 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
7338 information about Touchpad types.
7339
7340 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
7341 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
7342
7343 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
7344 Policy link field.
7345
7346 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
7347 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
7348
7349 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
7350 ACLs on files.
7351
7352 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
7353 tmpfs, automatically.
7354
7355 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
7356 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
7357 status" output, if available.
7358
7359 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
7360 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
7361 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
7362 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
7363 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
7364 run on next reboot.
7365
7366 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
7367 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
7368 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
7369 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
7370 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
7371 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
7372 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
7373
7374 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
7375 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
7376 after a configurable timeout.
7377
7378 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
7379 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
7380 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
7381 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
7382 it non-idle.
7383
7384 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
7385 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
7386
7387 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
7388 each .network interface in networkd.
7389
7390 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
7391 in .network files.
7392
7393 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
7394 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
7395
7396 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
7397 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
7398 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
7399 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
7400 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
7401 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
7402 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
7403 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
7404 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
7405 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
7406 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
7407 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7408 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
7409 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
7410 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
7411 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
7412 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
7413 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
7414 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
7415 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7416 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
7417 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
7418 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
7419 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7420
7421 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
7422
7423 CHANGES WITH 218:
7424
7425 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
7426 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
7427 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
7428 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
7429
7430 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
7431 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
7432 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
7433 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
7434 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
7435
7436 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
7437
7438 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
7439 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
7440 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
7441 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
7442 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
7443 modified configuration after editing.
7444
7445 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
7446 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
7447 system preset files.
7448
7449 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
7450 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
7451 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
7452 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
7453 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
7454 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
7455 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
7456 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
7457 other contexts.
7458
7459 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
7460 inhibitors.
7461
7462 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
7463 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
7464 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
7465 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
7466 managers.
7467
7468 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
7469 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
7470 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
7471 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
7472 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
7473 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
7474 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
7475 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
7476 parallel to journald.
7477
7478 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
7479 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
7480 available.
7481
7482 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
7483 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
7484 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
7485 or are not older than the specified time.
7486
7487 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
7488 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
7489 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
7490 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
7491
7492 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
7493 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
7494 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
7495 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
7496 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
7497 communication.
7498
7499 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
7500 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
7501 services.
7502
7503 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
7504 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
7505 including their signature and values. This is particularly
7506 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
7507 the new "busctl tree" command.
7508
7509 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
7510 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
7511 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
7512 friendly way.
7513
7514 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
7515 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
7516 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
7517 race-ful way.
7518
7519 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
7520 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
7521 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
7522 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
7523 --link-journal=try-guest.
7524
7525 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
7526 stable MAC addresses.
7527
7528 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
7529 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
7530 the respective unit shall use.
7531
7532 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
7533 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
7534 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
7535 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
7536
7537 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
7538 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
7539 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
7540 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
7541 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
7542 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
7543
7544 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
7545 details see:
7546
7547 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
7548
7549 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
7550 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
7551 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
7552 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
7553 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
7554 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
7555 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
7556 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
7557 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
7558 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
7559 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
7560 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
7561
7562 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
7563 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
7564 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
7565 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
7566 bluetooth, ...) is used.
7567
7568 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
7569 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
7570 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
7571 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
7572 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
7573 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
7574 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
7575 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
7576
7577 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
7578 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
7579 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
7580 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
7581 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
7582 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
7583 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
7584 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
7585 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
7586 interface.
7587
7588 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
7589 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
7590 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
7591 luks.name= argument.
7592
7593 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
7594 (this was previously already available for scope and service
7595 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
7596 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
7597 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
7598 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
7599
7600 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7601 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7602 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7603
7604 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7605 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7606 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7607 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7608 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7609 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7610 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7611 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7612 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7613 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7614 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7615 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7616 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7617 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7618 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7619 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7620 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7621 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7622
7623 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7624
7625 CHANGES WITH 217:
7626
7627 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
7628 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
7629 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
7630 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
7631
7632 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
7633 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
7634 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
7635 now waits until the operation is complete.
7636
7637 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
7638 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
7639 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
7640 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
7641 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
7642 connection.
7643
7644 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
7645 commands anymore.
7646
7647 * User units are now loaded also from
7648 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
7649 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
7650 supported, but is under the control of the user.
7651
7652 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
7653 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
7654 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
7655 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
7656 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
7657 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
7658 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
7659 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
7660 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
7661 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
7662 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
7663 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
7664 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
7665 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
7666 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
7667 question.
7668
7669 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
7670 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
7671 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
7672
7673 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
7674 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
7675 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
7676 command line to trigger resume.
7677
7678 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
7679 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
7680 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
7681 Desktop=systemd-console.
7682
7683 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
7684 systemd-networkd.
7685
7686 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7687 from the information provided by the networking stack
7688 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7689
7690 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7691 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7692
7693 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7694 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7695 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7696
7697 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7698
7699 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7700 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7701 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7702 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7703 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7704 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7705
7706 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7707 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7708 respected.
7709
7710 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7711 virtualization.
7712
7713 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7714 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7715 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7716 on.
7717
7718 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7719
7720 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7721
7722 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7723 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7724 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7725 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7726 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7727 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7728 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7729
7730 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7731 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7732 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7733 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7734 from the service's view entirely.
7735
7736 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7737 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7738
7739 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7740 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7741 session.
7742
7743 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7744 legacy-free systems.
7745
7746 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7747 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7748 easily.
7749
7750 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7751 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7752 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7753 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7754 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7755 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7756 option.
7757
7758 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7759 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7760 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7761 /usr.
7762
7763 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7764 services, not only the main process.
7765
7766 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7767 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7768 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7769 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7770 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7771
7772 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7773 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7774 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7775 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7776 directly from now on, again.
7777
7778 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7779 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7780 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7781 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7782 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7783 enabling and disabling.
7784
7785 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7786 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7787 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7788 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7789 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7790 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7791 unnecessary or unlikely.
7792
7793 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7794 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7795 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7796 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7797
7798 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7799 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7800 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7801 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7802 overwritten at runtime.
7803
7804 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7805 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7806 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7807 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7808 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7809 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7810 segmentation fault.
7811
7812 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7813 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7814 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7815 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7816 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7817 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7818 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7819 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7820 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7821 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7822 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7823 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7824 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7825 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7826 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7827 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7828 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7829 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7830 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7831 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7832 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7833 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7834
7835 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7836
7837 CHANGES WITH 216:
7838
7839 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7840 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7841 implementations should add a
7842
7843 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7844
7845 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7846 default functionality.
7847
7848 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7849 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7850 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7851 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7852 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7853 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7854 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7855 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7856 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7857 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7858 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7859 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7860 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7861
7862 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7863 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7864 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7865 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7866 added eventually, too.
7867
7868 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7869 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7870 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7871 new command to update these fields.
7872
7873 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7874 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7875 have been discovered via DHCP.
7876
7877 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7878 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7879 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7880 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7881 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7882 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7883 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7884 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7885 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7886 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7887 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7888 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7889 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7890 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7891 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7892 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7893 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7894 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7895 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7896 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7897
7898 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7899 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7900 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7901
7902 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7903 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7904 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7905 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7906 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7907 control utility for networkd.
7908
7909 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7910 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7911 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7912 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7913 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7914 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7915 (NoDelay=).
7916
7917 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7918 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7919
7920 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7921 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7922 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7923 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7924 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7925 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7926
7927 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7928 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7929 of the link.
7930
7931 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7932 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7933
7934 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7935 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7936
7937 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7938 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7939 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7940 for DHCP.
7941
7942 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7943 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7944 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7945 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7946 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7947 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7948 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7949 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7950
7951 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7952 validation of unit files.
7953
7954 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7955 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7956 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7957 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7958 address may now be configured.
7959
7960 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7961 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7962 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7963 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7964
7965 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7966 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7967
7968 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7969 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7970 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7971 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7972
7973 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7974 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7975 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7976 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7977 implementation.
7978
7979 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7980 journal data to a remote system running
7981 systemd-journal-remote.
7982
7983 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7984 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7985 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7986 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7987 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7988 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7989 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7990 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7991 version, you have to turn this option on again
7992 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7993
7994 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7995 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7996 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7997
7998 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7999 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
8000
8001 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
8002 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
8003
8004 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
8005 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
8006 "systemctl status" output for a service.
8007
8008 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
8009 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
8010 hostname, root password) interactively on first
8011 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
8012 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
8013
8014 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
8015
8016 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
8017
8018 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
8019 when primary addresses are removed.
8020
8021 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
8022 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
8023 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
8024 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
8025 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
8026 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
8027 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8028 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
8029 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
8030 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
8031 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
8032 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
8033 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
8034 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
8035 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8036
8037 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
8038
8039 CHANGES WITH 215:
8040
8041 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
8042 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
8043 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
8044 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
8045 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
8046 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
8047 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
8048 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
8049 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
8050 require.
8051
8052 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
8053 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
8054
8055 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
8056 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
8057 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
8058 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
8059 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
8060 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
8061 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
8062
8063 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
8064 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
8065 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
8066 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
8067 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
8068 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
8069 update or reset should use this condition and order
8070 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
8071 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
8072 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
8073 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
8074 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
8075 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
8076 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
8077 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
8078 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
8079
8080 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
8081
8082 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
8083 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
8084 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
8085 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
8086
8087 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
8088 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
8089 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
8090 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
8091 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
8092 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
8093 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
8094 .network files using settings of this section should be
8095 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
8096 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
8097
8098 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
8099 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
8100
8101 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
8102 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
8103 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
8104 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
8105 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
8106 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
8107 of nspawn instances.
8108
8109 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
8110 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
8111 added.
8112
8113 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
8114 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
8115 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
8116 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
8117 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
8118 configuration stored in /etc.
8119
8120 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
8121 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
8122 parsing of unknown mount options.
8123
8124 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
8125 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
8126 it already exist and not already be the correct
8127 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
8128 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
8129 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
8130 pre-existing files of different types.
8131
8132 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
8133 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
8134 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
8135 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
8136 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
8137 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
8138 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
8139
8140 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
8141 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
8142 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
8143 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
8144 shall be executed.
8145
8146 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
8147 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
8148 example whether it is fully up and running.
8149
8150 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
8151 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
8152 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
8153 reset.
8154
8155 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
8156 most basic services systemd ships by default.
8157
8158 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
8159 field for defining the default instance to create if a
8160 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
8161
8162 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
8163 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
8164 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
8165
8166 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
8167 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
8168 access to this group.
8169
8170 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
8171 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
8172 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
8173 to the journal.
8174
8175 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
8176 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
8177 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
8178 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
8179 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
8180 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
8181
8182 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
8183 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
8184 that makes sure to only show information about the most
8185 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
8186 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
8187 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
8188 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
8189 the old name to the new name.
8190
8191 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
8192 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
8193 coredumpctl without restrictions.
8194
8195 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
8196 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
8197 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
8198 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
8199 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
8200 "systemd-debug-generator".
8201
8202 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
8203 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
8204 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
8205 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
8206 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
8207 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
8208 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
8209 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
8210 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
8211 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
8212 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
8213
8214 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
8215 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
8216 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
8217 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
8218 been added to query many of these paths for the local
8219 machine and user.
8220
8221 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
8222 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
8223 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
8224 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
8225 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
8226
8227 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
8228 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
8229 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
8230 couple of drop-in directories.
8231
8232 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
8233 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
8234 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
8235 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
8236 for dev_port.
8237
8238 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
8239 container (read from /etc/os-release and
8240 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
8241 "machinectl status" for a machine.
8242
8243 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
8244 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
8245 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
8246 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
8247 Restart= setting.
8248
8249 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
8250 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
8251 directly connect to a specific container on the
8252 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
8253 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
8254 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
8255 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
8256 containers is a privileged operation.
8257
8258 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
8259 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
8260 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
8261 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
8262 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8263 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
8264 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8265 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
8266 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
8267 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
8268 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
8269 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8270
8271 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
8272
8273 CHANGES WITH 214:
8274
8275 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
8276 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
8277 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
8278 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
8279 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
8280 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
8281 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
8282 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
8283 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
8284 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8285 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
8286 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
8287 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
8288 devices are excluded from this logic.
8289
8290 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
8291 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
8292 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
8293 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
8294 change has been released.
8295
8296 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8297 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
8298 libattr is thus unnecessary.
8299
8300 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
8301 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
8302 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
8303 with fewer privileges.
8304
8305 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
8306 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
8307 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
8308 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
8309
8310 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
8311 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
8312
8313 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
8314 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
8315
8316 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
8317 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
8318 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
8319
8320 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
8321 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8322 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
8323 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
8324 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
8325 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
8326
8327 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8328 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
8329 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
8330
8331 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8332 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
8333 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
8334 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
8335 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
8336 modifications of user data or system files from
8337 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
8338 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
8339
8340 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
8341 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
8342 and FIFOs in the file system.
8343
8344 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
8345 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
8346 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
8347
8348 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
8349 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
8350 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
8351 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
8352 the socket itself.
8353
8354 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
8355 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
8356 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
8357 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
8358 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
8359 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
8360 symlinks, and nothing else.
8361
8362 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
8363 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
8364 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
8365 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
8366 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
8367 process (for example, the parent process). The
8368 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
8369 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
8370 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
8371 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
8372 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
8373 messages to services when the originating process already
8374 vanished.
8375
8376 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8377 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
8378 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
8379 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
8380 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
8381 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
8382 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
8383 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
8384 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
8385 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
8386 all long-running services.
8387
8388 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
8389 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
8390 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
8391 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
8392 service.
8393
8394 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
8395 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
8396 applied to all submounts, too.
8397
8398 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
8399
8400 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
8401 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
8402 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
8403 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
8404 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
8405 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
8406 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
8407
8408 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
8409 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
8410 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
8411 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
8412 (domU) domains.
8413
8414 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
8415 files or entire directories.
8416
8417 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8418 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
8419 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
8420 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
8421 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
8422
8423 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
8424 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
8425 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
8426 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8427 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
8428 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
8429 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8430 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
8431 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
8432 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
8433 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
8434 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
8435
8436 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
8437 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
8438 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
8439 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
8440
8441 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
8442 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
8443 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8444 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
8445 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
8446 non-directories.
8447
8448 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
8449 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
8450 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
8451
8452 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
8453 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
8454 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
8455 this group.
8456
8457 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
8458 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
8459 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
8460 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
8461 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8462 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
8463 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8464
8465 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
8466
8467 CHANGES WITH 213:
8468
8469 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
8470 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
8471 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8472 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
8473 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
8474 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
8475 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
8476 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8477 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
8478 client should be more than appropriate for most
8479 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
8480 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
8481 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
8482 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
8483 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
8484 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
8485 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8486 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
8487 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8488 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
8489 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
8490
8491 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
8492 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
8493 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
8494 part of a different namespace.
8495
8496 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
8497 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
8498 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
8499 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
8500
8501 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
8502 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
8503 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
8504
8505 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
8506 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
8507 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8508 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
8509 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
8510 restart the service in question.
8511
8512 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
8513 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
8514 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
8515 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
8516 details when running non-locally.
8517
8518 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
8519 graphs it generates.
8520
8521 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
8522 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
8523 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
8524 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
8525 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
8526
8527 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
8528
8529 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
8530 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
8531 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
8532 what it was on SysV systems.
8533
8534 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
8535 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
8536
8537 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
8538 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
8539 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
8540
8541 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
8542 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
8543 to show these addresses in its output.
8544
8545 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
8546 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
8547 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
8548 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
8549 preferred over a text one.
8550
8551 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
8552 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
8553 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
8554 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
8555 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
8556 mDNS cache.
8557
8558 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
8559 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
8560 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
8561 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
8562 of network configuration performed in some other way.
8563
8564 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
8565 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
8566 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
8567 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
8568 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
8569
8570 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
8571 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
8572 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8573 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8574 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
8575 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
8576 overrides any other settings.
8577
8578 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
8579 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8580 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
8581 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
8582 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
8583 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
8584 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
8585 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
8586 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8587 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8588 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
8589 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
8590 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
8591 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
8592 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
8593 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
8594 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8595
8596 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
8597
8598 CHANGES WITH 212:
8599
8600 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8601 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8602 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8603 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8604 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8605 by accident.
8606
8607 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8608 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8609 registered with machined.
8610
8611 * sd-login gained new calls
8612 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8613 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8614 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8615 counterparts.
8616
8617 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8618 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8619 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8620 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8621 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8622 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8623 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8624 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8625 once.
8626
8627 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
8628 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
8629 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
8630
8631 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
8632 units on all local containers, when used with the
8633 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
8634 executed when no parameters are specified).
8635
8636 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
8637 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
8638 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
8639 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
8640
8641 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
8642 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
8643 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
8644 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
8645 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
8646 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
8647
8648 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
8649 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
8650 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
8651 of the container.
8652
8653 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
8654 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
8655 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
8656 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
8657 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
8658 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
8659 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
8660 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
8661
8662 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
8663 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
8664 instead of /.
8665
8666 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
8667 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
8668 emergency messages now.
8669
8670 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
8671 journal log messages across the network.
8672
8673 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
8674 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
8675 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
8676 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
8677 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
8678 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
8679 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
8680
8681 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
8682 down a local OS container.
8683
8684 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8685 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8686 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8687
8688 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8689 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8690 this is appropriate.
8691
8692 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8693 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8694 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8695
8696 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8697 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8698 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8699 for debugging purposes.
8700
8701 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8702 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8703 in seconds.
8704
8705 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8706 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8707 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8708 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8709 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8710 like on traditional inetd.
8711
8712 * A new system.conf configuration option
8713 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8714 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8715
8716 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8717 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8718 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8719 do these days).
8720
8721 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8722 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8723 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8724 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8725 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8726 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8727
8728 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8729 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8730 it will be triggered.
8731
8732 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8733 addresses to its local interfaces.
8734
8735 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8736 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8737 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8738 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8739 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8740 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8741 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8742 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8743 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8744
8745 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8746
8747 CHANGES WITH 211:
8748
8749 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8750 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8751 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8752 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8753 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8754 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8755
8756 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8757 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8758 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8759 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8760 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8761 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8762 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8763 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8764 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8765
8766 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8767 matching against device group names.
8768
8769 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8770 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8771 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8772 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8773 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8774 though.
8775
8776 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8777 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8778 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8779 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8780 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8781 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8782 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8783 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8784 systems prepared appropriately.
8785
8786 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8787 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8788 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8789 (see above). This means that installations made with
8790 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8791 deployed using container managers, completely
8792 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8793 this feature soon, too.)
8794
8795 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8796 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8797 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8798 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8799
8800 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8801 using IPv4LL.
8802
8803 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8804 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8805 systemd-networkd.
8806
8807 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8808 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8809 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8810 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8811 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8812
8813 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8814 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8815 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8816 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8817 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8818 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8819 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8820 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8821 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8822 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8823 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8824 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8825 users.
8826
8827 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8828 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8829 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8830 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8831 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8832 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8833 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8834 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8835 due to a closed lid.
8836
8837 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8838 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8839 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8840 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8841 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8842 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8843
8844 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8845 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8846 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8847 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8848 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8849
8850 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8851 now also work in --scope mode.
8852
8853 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8854 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8855 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8856 promises are made.)
8857
8858 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8859 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8860 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8861 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8862 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8863 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8864 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8865 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8866 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8867 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8868
8869 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8870
8871 CHANGES WITH 210:
8872
8873 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8874 according to SMACK rules.
8875
8876 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8877 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8878
8879 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8880 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8881 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8882
8883 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8884 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8885 and machine ID.
8886
8887 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8888 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8889 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8890 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8891 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8892 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8893 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8894 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8895 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8896 backpack or similar.
8897
8898 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8899 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8900 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8901 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8902 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8903 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8904 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8905 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8906 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8907 this on its own.
8908
8909 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8910 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8911 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8912 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8913
8914 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8915 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8916 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8917 --network-bridge= switches.
8918
8919 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8920 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8921 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8922 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8923 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8924 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8925 each configuration option.
8926
8927 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8928 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8929 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8930 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8931 at once.
8932
8933 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8934 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8935 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8936 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8937 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8938
8939 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8940 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8941 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8942 default however.
8943
8944 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8945 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8946 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8947 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8948 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8949 them with systemd-networkd.
8950
8951 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8952 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8953 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8954 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8955 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8956 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8957 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8958 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8959 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8960 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8961 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8962 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8963 during a transitional period!
8964
8965 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8966 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8967
8968 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8969 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8970 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8971 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8972 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8973 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8974 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8975 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8976
8977 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8978
8979 CHANGES WITH 209:
8980
8981 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8982 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8983 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8984 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8985 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8986 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8987 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8988 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8989 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8990 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8991 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8992 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8993
8994 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8995 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8996 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8997 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8998 machines and the like.
8999
9000 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
9001 shutdown/boot.
9002
9003 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
9004 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
9005
9006 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
9007 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
9008 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
9009 prepared for additional security frameworks.
9010
9011 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
9012 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
9013 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
9014 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
9015 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
9016 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
9017
9018 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
9019 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
9020 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
9021 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
9022 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
9023 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
9024 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
9025 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
9026 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
9027
9028 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
9029 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
9030
9031 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
9032 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
9033 implementation.
9034
9035 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
9036 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
9037 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
9038 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
9039 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
9040 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
9041 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
9042 and .service units.
9043
9044 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
9045 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
9046 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
9047
9048 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
9049 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
9050 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
9051 nothing makes use of it.
9052
9053 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
9054 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
9055 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
9056
9057 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
9058 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
9059 compatibility purposes.
9060
9061 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
9062 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
9063 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
9064 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
9065 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
9066 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
9067 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
9068 process handling.
9069
9070 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
9071 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
9072 style to "sd-bus.h".
9073
9074 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
9075 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
9076 "systemd-networkd".
9077
9078 * There is a new kernel command line option
9079 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
9080 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
9081 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
9082 are not restored.
9083
9084 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
9085 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
9086 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
9087 PID1's support for that anymore.
9088
9089 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
9090 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
9091
9092 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
9093 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
9094 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
9095 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
9096 container that is registered with machined, such as those
9097 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
9098
9099 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
9100 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
9101 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
9102 onto remote systems.
9103
9104 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
9105 login in any local container. This works with any container
9106 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
9107 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
9108
9109 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
9110 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
9111 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
9112 system of some kind.
9113
9114 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
9115 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
9116 next.
9117
9118 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
9119 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
9120 reboot() system call.
9121
9122 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
9123 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
9124 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
9125 still available but not advertised anymore.
9126
9127 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
9128 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
9129 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
9130 within each Unit.
9131
9132 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
9133 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
9134 the kernel).
9135
9136 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
9137 timestamps (following the setting in
9138 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
9139
9140 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
9141 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
9142
9143 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
9144 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
9145
9146 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
9147 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
9148 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
9149
9150 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
9151 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
9152 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
9153 the full configuration is shown.
9154
9155 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
9156 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
9157 those commands which take multiple unit names.
9158
9159 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
9160
9161 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
9162 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
9163
9164 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
9165 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
9166 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
9167 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
9168
9169 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
9170 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
9171 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
9172 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
9173
9174 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
9175 of the legend text.
9176
9177 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
9178 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
9179 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
9180 remote sessions.
9181
9182 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
9183 information of SDIO devices.
9184
9185 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
9186 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
9187 the system manager.
9188
9189 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
9190 short description of the connection parameters in the
9191 description.
9192
9193 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
9194 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
9195 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
9196 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
9197 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
9198 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
9199 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
9200
9201 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
9202 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
9203 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
9204 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
9205 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
9206 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
9207 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
9208 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
9209 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
9210
9211 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
9212 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
9213 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
9214 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
9215 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
9216 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
9217 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
9218 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
9219 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
9220 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
9221 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
9222 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
9223 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
9224 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
9225 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
9226 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
9227 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
9228 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
9229 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
9230 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
9231 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
9232 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
9233 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
9234
9235 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
9236 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
9237 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
9238 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
9239 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
9240 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
9241 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
9242 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
9243 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
9244 that you are aware of the instability of the current
9245 APIs.
9246
9247 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
9248 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
9249 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
9250 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
9251 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
9252 declare the APIs stable.
9253
9254 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
9255 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
9256 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
9257 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
9258 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
9259 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
9260 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
9261 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
9262 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
9263 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
9264 one of them is updated.
9265
9266 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
9267 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
9268 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
9269 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
9270 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
9271
9272 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
9273 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
9274 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
9275 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
9276 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
9277 entry points.
9278
9279 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
9280 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
9281 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
9282 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
9283 been disabled at compile-time.
9284
9285 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
9286 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
9287 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
9288 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
9289
9290 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
9291 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
9292 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
9293
9294 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
9295 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
9296 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
9297
9298 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
9299 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
9300 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
9301
9302 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
9303 remains until jobs expire.
9304
9305 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
9306 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
9307 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
9308 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
9309 all remaining processes of the service.
9310
9311 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
9312 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
9313 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
9314 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
9315 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
9316 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
9317 manager process which created them takes no further
9318 responsibilities for it.
9319
9320 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
9321 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
9322 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
9323 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
9324 marked executable or world-writable.
9325
9326 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
9327 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
9328 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
9329 "--setenv=" for consistency.
9330
9331 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
9332 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
9333 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
9334 independent of the host.
9335
9336 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
9337 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
9338 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
9339 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
9340
9341 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
9342 with specific SELinux labels set.
9343
9344 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
9345 any additional output but the container's own console
9346 output.
9347
9348 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
9349 container without PID namespacing enabled.
9350
9351 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
9352 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
9353 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
9354 OS images, but only specific apps.
9355
9356 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
9357 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
9358 results in registration of the unit service itself in
9359 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
9360
9361 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
9362 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
9363 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
9364 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
9365 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
9366 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
9367
9368 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
9369 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
9370 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
9371 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
9372 units to use.
9373
9374 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
9375 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
9376 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
9377 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
9378
9379 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
9380 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
9381 context for a service.
9382
9383 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
9384 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
9385 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
9386 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
9387 influence this logic.
9388
9389 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
9390 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
9391 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
9392 other things.
9393
9394 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
9395 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
9396 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
9397 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
9398 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
9399 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
9400 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
9401 architectures). There is also a global
9402 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
9403 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
9404
9405 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
9406 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
9407
9408 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
9409 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
9410 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9411 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
9412 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
9413 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
9414 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
9415 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
9416 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9417 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
9418 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
9419 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
9420 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9421 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
9422 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9423 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
9424 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
9425 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
9426 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
9427 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
9428 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9429 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
9430 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
9431 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9432
9433 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
9434
9435 CHANGES WITH 208:
9436
9437 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
9438 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
9439 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
9440 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
9441 access input and drm devices which are normally
9442 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
9443 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
9444 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
9445 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
9446 session switching without allowing background sessions to
9447 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
9448 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
9449 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
9450
9451 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
9452 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
9453 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
9454
9455 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
9456 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
9457 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
9458 kernel version number.
9459
9460 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
9461 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
9462 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
9463
9464 * This release removes high-level support for the
9465 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
9466 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
9467 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
9468 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
9469
9470 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
9471 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
9472 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
9473 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
9474 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
9475 cgroup system.
9476
9477 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
9478 messages containing the slice a message was generated
9479 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
9480 logs among other things.
9481
9482 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
9483 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
9484 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
9485 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
9486 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
9487 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
9488 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
9489 journald which would be necessary to resolve
9490 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
9491 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
9492 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
9493 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
9494 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
9495 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
9496 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
9497 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
9498 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
9499 not delayed until next reboot.
9500
9501 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
9502 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
9503 systemd generated files in one directory.
9504
9505 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
9506 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
9507 performance information if that's available to determine how
9508 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
9509 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
9510 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
9511
9512 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
9513 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
9514 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
9515 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9516 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
9517 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
9518 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9519
9520 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
9521
9522 CHANGES WITH 207:
9523
9524 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
9525 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
9526 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
9527 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
9528
9529 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
9530 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
9531 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
9532 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
9533 specified on the kernel command line less important.
9534
9535 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
9536 retrieve the VT number of a session.
9537
9538 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
9539 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
9540 maximum number of tries.
9541
9542 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
9543 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
9544 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
9545
9546 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
9547 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
9548
9549 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
9550 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
9551 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
9552
9553 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
9554 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
9555 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
9556
9557 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
9558 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
9559 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
9560 and type).
9561
9562 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
9563 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
9564
9565 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
9566 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
9567 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
9568 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
9569
9570 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
9571 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
9572 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
9573 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
9574 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
9575 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
9576 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
9577 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
9578
9579 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
9580 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
9581 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
9582 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
9583
9584 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
9585 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
9586 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
9587 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
9588 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
9589 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
9590 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
9591
9592 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
9593 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
9594
9595 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
9596 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
9597 automatically after the process terminated.
9598
9599 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9600 certain paths from operation.
9601
9602 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9603 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9604 is received.
9605
9606 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9607 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9608 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9609 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9610 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9611 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9612 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9613 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9614 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9615 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9616 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9617 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9618 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9619
9620 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9621
9622 CHANGES WITH 206:
9623
9624 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9625 concepts introduced with 205.
9626
9627 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
9628 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
9629 -r".
9630
9631 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
9632 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
9633 --state= parameter.
9634
9635 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
9636 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
9637 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
9638 the journal.
9639
9640 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
9641 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
9642 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
9643
9644 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
9645 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
9646 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
9647 browsing logs from that point on.
9648
9649 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
9650 of an FSS key.
9651
9652 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
9653 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
9654 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
9655 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
9656 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
9657 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
9658 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
9659 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
9660 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
9661 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
9662 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
9663 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
9664 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
9665 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
9666
9667 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
9668 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
9669 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
9670 backing module right-away.
9671
9672 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
9673 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
9674
9675 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
9676 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
9677
9678 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
9679 set of processes in the message metadata.
9680
9681 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
9682
9683 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
9684 support for passing performance data via environment
9685 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9686 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9687 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9688 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9689 deserialize it again.
9690
9691 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9692 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9693 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9694 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9695
9696 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9697 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9698 completely silent shutdown when used.
9699
9700 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9701 option in .socket units.
9702
9703 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9704 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9705 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9706 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9707 system.slice as before.
9708
9709 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9710
9711 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9712 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9713 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9714 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9715 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9716 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9717 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9718
9719 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9720
9721 CHANGES WITH 205:
9722
9723 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9724
9725 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9726 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9727 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9728 possible for system services and applications to group their
9729 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9730 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9731 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9732
9733 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9734 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9735 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9736 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9737 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9738
9739 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9740 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9741 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9742 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9743
9744 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9745 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9746 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9747 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9748 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9749 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9750 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9751 and useful as a general batch manager.
9752
9753 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9754 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9755 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9756 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9757 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9758 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9759 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9760 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9761 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9762 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9763
9764 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9765 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9766 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9767 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9768 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9769 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9770 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9771 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9772 is compile-time optional.
9773
9774 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9775 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9776 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9777 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9778 well as slice units.
9779
9780 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9781 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9782 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9783 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9784 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9785 command that wraps this call.
9786
9787 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9788 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9789 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9790 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9791 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9792 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9793 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9794
9795 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9796 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9797 off audit.
9798
9799 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9800 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9801
9802 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9803 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9804 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9805 and system logs.
9806
9807 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9808 snippets extending unit files.
9809
9810 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9811 not available as public API.
9812
9813 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9814 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9815 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9816
9817 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9818 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9819 controls what to boot into by default.
9820
9821 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9822 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9823
9824 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9825 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9826 about the unit file loading.
9827
9828 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9829 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9830 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9831 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9832 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9833 racy due to journal file rotation.
9834
9835 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9836 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9837 all services.
9838
9839 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9840 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9841 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9842 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9843 system services want to log events about specific client
9844 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9845 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9846 unit is requested.
9847
9848 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9849 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9850 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9851 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9852 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9853 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9854 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9855 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9856 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9857 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9858 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9859 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9860 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9861
9862 CHANGES WITH 204:
9863
9864 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9865 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9866
9867 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9868 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9869 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9870
9871 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9872 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9873
9874 CHANGES WITH 203:
9875
9876 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9877 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9878
9879 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9880 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9881 fields, including the root directory.
9882
9883 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9884 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9885 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9886 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9887 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9888 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9889 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9890 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9891 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9892 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9893 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9894
9895 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9896 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9897
9898 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9899 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9900
9901 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9902 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9903 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9904 the local hostname.
9905
9906 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9907 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9908 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9909 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9910 VMs/containers coming and going.
9911
9912 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9913 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9914 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9915
9916 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9917 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9918 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9919 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9920
9921 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9922 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9923 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9924
9925 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9926 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9927 services. With the container's root directory in
9928 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9929 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9930
9931 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9932 the processes within a certain container.
9933
9934 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9935 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9936 check though. Patches welcome!
9937
9938 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9939 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9940 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9941 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9942 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9943
9944 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9945 the passed argument if applicable.
9946
9947 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9948 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9949 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9950 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9951 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9952 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9953 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9954 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9955
9956 CHANGES WITH 202:
9957
9958 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9959 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9960 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9961 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9962 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9963 units activate.
9964
9965 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9966 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9967 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9968 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9969 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9970 for now, and not installable.
9971
9972 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9973 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9974 can run in conjunction with udev.
9975
9976 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9977 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9978 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9979 session manager.
9980
9981 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9982 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9983 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9984 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9985 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9986 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9987 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9988 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9989 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9990 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9991 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9992
9993 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9994
9995 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9996 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9997 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9998 logical expressions.
9999
10000 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
10001 switches.
10002
10003 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
10004 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
10005 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
10006 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
10007 the user.
10008
10009 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
10010 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
10011 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
10012 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
10013 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
10014 an entry.
10015
10016 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
10017 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10018 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
10019 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10020 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
10021 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10022
10023 CHANGES WITH 201:
10024
10025 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
10026 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
10027 directory.
10028
10029 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
10030 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
10031 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
10032 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
10033 problem.
10034
10035 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
10036 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
10037 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
10038 before the key file is attempted to be read.
10039
10040 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
10041 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
10042
10043 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
10044 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
10045 files in this context are files such as
10046 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
10047
10048 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
10049 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
10050 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
10051 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
10052 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
10053 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
10054
10055 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
10056 hostnames.
10057
10058 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
10059 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
10060 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
10061 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
10062 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
10063 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
10064 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
10065 all time-related output of systemd.
10066
10067 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
10068 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
10069 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
10070 loops.
10071
10072 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
10073 (models, layouts, variants, options).
10074
10075 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
10076 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
10077 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
10078 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
10079 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
10080
10081 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
10082 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
10083 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
10084 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
10085 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
10086 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
10087 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
10088
10089 CHANGES WITH 200:
10090
10091 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
10092 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
10093 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
10094 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
10095 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
10096 middle ground between physical and access time order.
10097
10098 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
10099 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
10100 images.
10101
10102 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
10103 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
10104 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10105
10106 CHANGES WITH 199:
10107
10108 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
10109
10110 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
10111 security policy.
10112
10113 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10114 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
10115 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
10116 shared by all processes of a service (which means
10117 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
10118 the same service can still access). When a service is
10119 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
10120 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
10121 this though).
10122
10123 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
10124 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
10125 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
10126 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
10127 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
10128 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
10129
10130 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
10131 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
10132
10133 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
10134 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
10135
10136 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
10137
10138 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
10139 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
10140 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
10141 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
10142 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
10143
10144 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
10145 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
10146 system is to be mounted.
10147
10148 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
10149 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
10150 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
10151 purpose for socket units.
10152
10153 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
10154 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
10155
10156 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
10157 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
10158 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
10159 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
10160 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
10161
10162 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
10163 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
10164 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10165 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10166 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
10167 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
10168 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10169 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10170 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10171
10172 CHANGES WITH 198:
10173
10174 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
10175 files without having to edit/override the unit files
10176 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
10177 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
10178 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
10179 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
10180 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
10181 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
10182 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
10183 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
10184 unit files locally: copying the files from
10185 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
10186 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
10187 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
10188 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
10189 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
10190 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
10191 for them too.
10192
10193 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
10194 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
10195 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
10196 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
10197 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
10198 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
10199 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
10200 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
10201 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
10202
10203 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
10204 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
10205
10206 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
10207 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
10208 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
10209 other users.
10210
10211 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
10212 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
10213 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
10214 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
10215 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
10216 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
10217 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
10218 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
10219 management logic is also available to other programs via the
10220 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
10221 supported.
10222
10223 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
10224 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
10225 the foreground VT.
10226
10227 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
10228 call.
10229
10230 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
10231 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
10232 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
10233 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
10234 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
10235 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
10236 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
10237 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
10238 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
10239 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
10240 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
10241 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
10242 also been removed.
10243
10244 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
10245 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
10246 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
10247 objects themselves.
10248
10249 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
10250
10251 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
10252 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
10253 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
10254 to how this is supported in shells.
10255
10256 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
10257 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
10258 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
10259 user systemd instance.
10260
10261 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
10262 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
10263 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
10264 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
10265 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
10266 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
10267 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
10268 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
10269 one day for good in the kernel.
10270
10271 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
10272 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
10273 container.
10274
10275 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
10276 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
10277 the host into the container.
10278
10279 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
10280 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
10281 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
10282 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
10283 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
10284 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
10285
10286 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
10287
10288 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
10289 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
10290 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
10291 configured to be mounted there.
10292
10293 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
10294 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
10295 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
10296 system resume events.
10297
10298 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
10299 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
10300 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
10301 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
10302
10303 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
10304 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
10305 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
10306 card).
10307
10308 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
10309 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
10310 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
10311
10312 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
10313 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
10314 later "change" event.
10315
10316 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
10317 now carry a message ID.
10318
10319 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
10320 continues to be work in progress.
10321
10322 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
10323 root directory to operate relative to.
10324
10325 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
10326 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
10327 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
10328 times a little.
10329
10330 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
10331 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
10332 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
10333 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
10334 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
10335 request boot into firmware operations.
10336
10337 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
10338 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
10339 correctly in initrds.
10340
10341 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
10342 compile time optional via a configure switch.
10343
10344 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
10345 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
10346
10347 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
10348 the status of all active or failed units.
10349
10350 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
10351 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
10352 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
10353 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
10354 requests more robust.
10355
10356 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
10357 reading journal files.
10358
10359 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
10360 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
10361
10362 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
10363
10364 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
10365 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
10366
10367 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
10368 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
10369 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
10370 socket activation in daemons.
10371
10372 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
10373 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
10374
10375 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
10376 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
10377 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
10378
10379 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
10380 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
10381 system units.
10382
10383 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
10384 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
10385 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
10386
10387 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
10388 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
10389 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
10390 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
10391 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
10392 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
10393 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
10394 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
10395 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
10396 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
10397 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
10398 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
10399 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
10400 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
10401 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
10402 package installation time.
10403
10404 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
10405 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
10406 scripts need to create these system user/group at
10407 installation time.
10408
10409 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
10410 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
10411
10412 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
10413
10414 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
10415 available.
10416
10417 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
10418 load SMACK policies at early boot.
10419
10420 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
10421 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
10422 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
10423 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
10424 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10425 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
10426 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
10427 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
10428 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
10429 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
10430 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
10431 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10432 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
10433 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
10434
10435 CHANGES WITH 197:
10436
10437 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
10438 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
10439 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
10440 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
10441 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
10442 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
10443 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
10444 the supported calendar time specification language see
10445 systemd.time(7).
10446
10447 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
10448 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
10449 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
10450 document for details:
10451
10452 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
10453
10454 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
10455 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
10456 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
10457 implementations around and minimal in its code and
10458 dependencies.
10459
10460 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
10461 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
10462 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
10463 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
10464 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
10465 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
10466 with a configure switch.
10467
10468 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
10469 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
10470 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
10471 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
10472 such as ext4.
10473
10474 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
10475 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
10476 identities are attached to the devices as well.
10477
10478 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
10479 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
10480
10481 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
10482 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
10483 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
10484 using only core OS tools.
10485
10486 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
10487 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
10488 implementation of socket activated nspawn
10489 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
10490 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
10491 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
10492 eventually.
10493
10494 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
10495 presenting log data.
10496
10497 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
10498 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
10499
10500 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
10501 system on idle.
10502
10503 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
10504 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
10505 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
10506 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
10507 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
10508 information if possible.
10509
10510 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
10511 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
10512 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
10513
10514 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
10515 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
10516 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
10517 is running on battery power.
10518
10519 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
10520 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
10521 is in the "failed" state.
10522
10523 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
10524 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
10525 environment files at once.
10526
10527 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
10528 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
10529 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
10530 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
10531 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
10532 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
10533 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
10534 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
10535 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
10536 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
10537 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
10538 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
10539 pieces of code locally from the git history.
10540
10541 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
10542 log the unit name in the message meta data.
10543
10544 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
10545 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
10546
10547 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
10548 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
10549 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
10550 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
10551 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
10552 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
10553 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
10554 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
10555 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
10556 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
10557 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
10558 shipped from us upstream.
10559
10560 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
10561 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
10562 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
10563 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
10564 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10565 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10566 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
10567 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
10568 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
10569 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
10570 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
10571 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
10572 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10573
10574 CHANGES WITH 196:
10575
10576 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
10577 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
10578 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
10579 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
10580 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
10581 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
10582 becoming the one central database for non-essential
10583 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
10584 database was only attached to select devices, since the
10585 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
10586 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
10587 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
10588 data for all devices where this is available, by
10589 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
10590 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
10591 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
10592 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
10593 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
10594 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
10595
10596 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
10597 indexed database to link up additional information with
10598 journal entries. For further details please check:
10599
10600 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10601
10602 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10603 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10604 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10605 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10606 macro for this purpose.
10607
10608 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10609 Python logging framework.
10610
10611 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10612 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10613 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10614 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10615 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10616 time intervals.
10617
10618 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10619 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10620 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10621
10622 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10623 right-away on the selected coredump.
10624
10625 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10626 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
10627 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
10628
10629 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
10630 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
10631 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
10632 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
10633
10634 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
10635 default.
10636
10637 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
10638 SMACK security label.
10639
10640 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
10641 daylight saving change.
10642
10643 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
10644 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
10645 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
10646 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
10647 distributions who still need support this to either continue
10648 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
10649 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
10650
10651 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
10652 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
10653 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
10654 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
10655 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
10656 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
10657 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
10658
10659 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
10660 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
10661
10662 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
10663 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
10664 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
10665 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
10666 offline updating tools.
10667
10668 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
10669 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
10670 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
10671 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
10672 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
10673 directories for packages to place various data files in.
10674
10675 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
10676 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
10677
10678 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
10679 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10680 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
10681 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10682 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
10683 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
10684 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10685 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10686 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10687
10688 CHANGES WITH 195:
10689
10690 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10691 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10692 units via --unit=/-u.
10693
10694 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10695 right thing.
10696
10697 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10698 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10699 rotation.
10700
10701 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10702 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10703 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10704 completion of journalctl has been updated
10705 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10706 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10707
10708 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10709 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10710
10711 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10712 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10713 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10714 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10715 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10716 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10717 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10718 completion.
10719
10720 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10721 extract coredumps from the journal.
10722
10723 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10724 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10725 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10726 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10727 scratch their heads.
10728
10729 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10730 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10731
10732 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10733 in immediate termination of systemd.
10734
10735 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10736 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10737
10738 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10739 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10740 mouse screen support has been added.
10741
10742 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10743 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10744
10745 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10746 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10747 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10748 "systemctl reload".
10749
10750 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10751 -u" instead.
10752
10753 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10754 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10755 configured.
10756
10757 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10758 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10759
10760 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10761 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10762 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10763 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10764 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10765 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10766 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10767
10768 CHANGES WITH 194:
10769
10770 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10771 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10772 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10773 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10774 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10775 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10776 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10777 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10778 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10779 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10780 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10781 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10782
10783 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10784 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10785 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10786
10787 CHANGES WITH 193:
10788
10789 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10790 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10791
10792 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10793 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10794 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10795
10796 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10797 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10798 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10799 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10800 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10801 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10802 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10803
10804 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10805 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10806
10807 This will download the journal contents in a
10808 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10809
10810 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10811
10812 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10813 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10814 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10815 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10816 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10817
10818 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10819
10820 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10821 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10822
10823 CHANGES WITH 192:
10824
10825 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10826 too.
10827
10828 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10829 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10830 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10831 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10832 just start them.
10833
10834 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10835 and line break accordingly.
10836
10837 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10838 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10839
10840 CHANGES WITH 191:
10841
10842 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10843 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10844 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10845 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10846 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10847
10848 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10849 will default to 10 if omitted.
10850
10851 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10852 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10853 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10854 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10855 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10856
10857 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10858 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10859 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10860 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10861 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10862 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10863 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10864
10865 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10866 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10867 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10868 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10869 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10870 into two.
10871
10872 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10873 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10874
10875 CHANGES WITH 190:
10876
10877 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10878 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10879 "systemctl status".
10880
10881 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10882 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10883 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10884 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10885 field.)
10886
10887 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10888 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10889 default.
10890
10891 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10892 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10893 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10894 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10895 in a container.
10896
10897 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10898 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10899 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10900 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10901 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10902 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10903
10904 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10905 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10906 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10907 no-op.
10908
10909 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10910 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10911 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10912 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10913 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10914
10915 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10916 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10917
10918 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10919 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10920 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10921 command.
10922
10923 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10924 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10925 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10926
10927 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10928
10929 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10930 multiple files at once.
10931
10932 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10933 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10934 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10935 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10936 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10937 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10938 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10939
10940 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10941 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10942 now support specifiers as well.
10943
10944 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10945 dir: %_presetdir.
10946
10947 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10948 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10949
10950 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10951 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10952 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10953 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10954 anymore.
10955
10956 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10957 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10958 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10959 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10960
10961 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10962 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10963 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10964
10965 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10966 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10967 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10968 sockets.
10969
10970 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10971 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10972 is changed.
10973
10974 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10975 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10976 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10977 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10978 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10979 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10980 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10981
10982 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10983
10984 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10985 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10986
10987 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10988 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10989
10990 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10991 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10992 (%b).
10993
10994 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10995 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10996 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10997 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10998 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10999 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
11000 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11001
11002 CHANGES WITH 189:
11003
11004 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
11005 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
11006
11007 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
11008 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
11009 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
11010 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
11011 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
11012 syslog daemons again.
11013
11014 * The libudev API gained the new
11015 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
11016
11017 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
11018 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
11019 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
11020 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
11021
11022 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
11023 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
11024 container.
11025
11026 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
11027 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
11028 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
11029 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
11030 this explaining it in more detail.
11031
11032 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
11033 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
11034 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
11035 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
11036
11037 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
11038 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
11039 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
11040 journal files.
11041
11042 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
11043 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
11044 as container init process a lot more fun.
11045
11046 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
11047 entries.
11048
11049 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
11050 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
11051 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
11052 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
11053 different sets of services.
11054
11055 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
11056 failure state.
11057
11058 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
11059 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
11060 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11061
11062 CHANGES WITH 188:
11063
11064 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
11065 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
11066 tree a lot more organized.
11067
11068 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
11069 may be used to group services in a natural way.
11070
11071 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
11072 services.
11073
11074 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
11075 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
11076 filtering by log level now.
11077
11078 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
11079 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
11080 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
11081
11082 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
11083 command lines involving service unit names.
11084
11085 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
11086 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
11087
11088 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
11089 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
11090 and encodes structured information about the error number.
11091
11092 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
11093 option.
11094
11095 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
11096 a shutdown is cancelled.
11097
11098 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
11099 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
11100 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
11101 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
11102 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
11103
11104 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
11105 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
11106 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
11107 for display managers instead.
11108
11109 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
11110 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
11111 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
11112 protection, and suchlike.
11113
11114 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
11115 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
11116 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
11117 the service.
11118
11119 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
11120 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
11121 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
11122 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
11123 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
11124 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11125
11126 CHANGES WITH 187:
11127
11128 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
11129 pages.
11130
11131 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
11132 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
11133 data loss.
11134
11135 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
11136 option.
11137
11138 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
11139
11140 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
11141 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
11142
11143 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
11144 specific directory.
11145
11146 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
11147 messages of two different boots.
11148
11149 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
11150 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
11151 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
11152
11153 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
11154 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
11155 disjunctions.
11156
11157 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
11158 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
11159 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
11160
11161 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
11162 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
11163 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
11164
11165 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
11166 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
11167 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
11168 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
11169 speed things up a bit.
11170
11171 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
11172 header data of journal files.
11173
11174 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
11175 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
11176 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
11177
11178 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
11179 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
11180 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
11181 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
11182
11183 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11184
11185 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
11186 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
11187 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11188 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11189
11190 CHANGES WITH 186:
11191
11192 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
11193 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
11194 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
11195 prefixed with rd.
11196
11197 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
11198 automatically generated at boot. Use:
11199
11200 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
11201
11202 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
11203
11204 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
11205
11206 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
11207 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
11208 as well.
11209
11210 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
11211 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
11212 in all appropriate directories automatically.
11213
11214 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
11215 does the right thing. Example:
11216
11217 udevadm info /dev/sda
11218 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
11219
11220 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
11221 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
11222 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
11223 running.
11224
11225 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
11226 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
11227
11228 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
11229 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
11230
11231 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
11232 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
11233 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
11234 files.
11235
11236 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
11237 be stopped that is not loaded.
11238
11239 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
11240
11241 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
11242
11243 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
11244 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
11245 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
11246 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
11247
11248 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
11249 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
11250 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
11251 completed initialization.
11252
11253 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
11254
11255 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
11256 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
11257 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
11258 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
11259 distributions.
11260
11261 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
11262 always valid when services log to the journal via
11263 STDOUT/STDERR.
11264
11265 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
11266 command line options we understand.
11267
11268 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
11269 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
11270
11271 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
11272 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
11273
11274 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
11275 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
11276 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
11277 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
11278
11279 systemctl status /home
11280 systemctl status /dev/sda
11281
11282 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
11283 system.conf parsing.
11284
11285 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
11286 Manager object.
11287
11288 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
11289
11290 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
11291
11292 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
11293 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
11294 complete.
11295
11296 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
11297 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
11298 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
11299 systemd-fsck@.service.
11300
11301 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
11302 Manager object.
11303
11304 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
11305 work sensibly.
11306
11307 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
11308 we actually understand.
11309
11310 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
11311 additional capabilities to the container.
11312
11313 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
11314 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
11315 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
11316
11317 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
11318 the current boot only.
11319
11320 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
11321 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
11322
11323 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
11324 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
11325 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
11326 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
11327 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
11328
11329 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11330
11331 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
11332 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11333 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
11334 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
11335
11336 CHANGES WITH 185:
11337
11338 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
11339 available.
11340
11341 * Several new man pages have been added.
11342
11343 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
11344 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
11345 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
11346 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
11347
11348 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
11349 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
11350
11351 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
11352 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11353 Matthias Clasen
11354
11355 CHANGES WITH 184:
11356
11357 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
11358 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
11359
11360 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
11361 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
11362 daemon.
11363
11364 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
11365 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
11366
11367 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
11368 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
11369 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
11370 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
11371
11372 CHANGES WITH 183:
11373
11374 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
11375 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
11376 and systemd's most recent version number.
11377
11378 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
11379 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
11380 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
11381 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
11382 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
11383 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
11384
11385 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
11386 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
11387 subsystems.
11388
11389 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
11390 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
11391 used to subscribe to events.
11392
11393 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
11394 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
11395 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
11396 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
11397 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
11398 forked by udev rules.
11399
11400 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
11401 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
11402 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
11403 it.
11404
11405 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
11406 udev_monitor_from_socket()
11407 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
11408 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
11409 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
11410
11411 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
11412 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
11413
11414 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
11415 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
11416 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
11417 the files to the new names on upgrade.
11418
11419 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
11420 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
11421 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
11422 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
11423 to be used as drop-in files.
11424
11425 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
11426 particular suspending and hibernating.
11427
11428 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
11429 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
11430 about this in more detail.
11431
11432 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
11433 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
11434 places). Distributions which have not converted these
11435 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
11436 from git history and add them downstream.
11437
11438 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
11439 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
11440 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
11441 units.
11442
11443 * All smaller setup units (such as
11444 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
11445 are run in a container and are skipped when
11446 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
11447 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
11448
11449 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
11450 integrated, for details see:
11451 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
11452
11453 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
11454 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
11455 messages.
11456
11457 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
11458 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
11459 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
11460 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
11461 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
11462
11463 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
11464 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
11465 for all units started by PID 1.
11466
11467 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
11468 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
11469 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
11470
11471 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
11472 of PID 1 anymore.
11473
11474 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
11475 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
11476 have not been read by systemd yet.
11477
11478 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
11479 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
11480 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
11481 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
11482 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
11483 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
11484
11485 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
11486 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
11487
11488 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
11489
11490 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
11491 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
11492 so sexy.
11493
11494 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
11495 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
11496 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
11497 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
11498 patterns.
11499
11500 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
11501 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
11502 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
11503 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
11504
11505 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
11506 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
11507
11508 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
11509 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
11510 in systemd now.
11511
11512 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
11513 ID on the command line.
11514
11515 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
11516 for an init system.
11517
11518 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
11519 vt100.
11520
11521 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
11522
11523 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
11524 components now have directories of their own.
11525
11526 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
11527
11528 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
11529 container in other hierarchies.
11530
11531 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
11532 system.conf.
11533
11534 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
11535
11536 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
11537 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
11538
11539 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
11540 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
11541
11542 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
11543 locally generated journal files.
11544
11545 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
11546
11547 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
11548
11549 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
11550 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
11551 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
11552 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
11553 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
11554 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
11555 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11556 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
11557 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11558 Gundersen
11559
11560 CHANGES WITH 44:
11561
11562 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11563
11564 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
11565 KVM or container configured UUID.
11566
11567 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
11568
11569 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
11570
11571 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
11572 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
11573
11574 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
11575
11576 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
11577 folks
11578
11579 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
11580 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
11581 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
11582
11583 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
11584 configuration
11585
11586 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
11587 free fashion
11588
11589 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
11590 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
11591 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
11592 automatically generated data.
11593
11594 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
11595 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
11596 however.
11597
11598 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
11599 tarball.
11600
11601 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11602 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11603 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11604 Reding
11605
11606 CHANGES WITH 43:
11607
11608 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11609
11610 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11611
11612 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11613
11614 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11615 normal user logins.
11616
11617 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11618 Biebl
11619
11620 CHANGES WITH 42:
11621
11622 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11623
11624 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11625 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11626 xsltproc.
11627
11628 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
11629 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
11630 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
11631
11632 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
11633 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
11634 reboot can automatically be triggered.
11635
11636 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
11637
11638 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
11639 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11640 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
11641
11642 CHANGES WITH 41:
11643
11644 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
11645 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
11646 package update.
11647
11648 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
11649 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
11650 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
11651
11652 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
11653 complete.
11654
11655 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
11656 understood to set system wide environment variables
11657 dynamically at boot.
11658
11659 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
11660
11661 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
11662 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
11663 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
11664 files.
11665
11666 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11667 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
11668 William Douglas
11669
11670 CHANGES WITH 40:
11671
11672 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11673
11674 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
11675 "Result" D-Bus property.
11676
11677 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
11678 the next few releases.)
11679
11680 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
11681 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
11682 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
11683 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
11684
11685 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11686 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11687 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11688
11689 CHANGES WITH 39:
11690
11691 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11692 bugfixes.
11693
11694 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11695 resource usage.
11696
11697 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11698 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11699 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11700 journals by the respective users.
11701
11702 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11703 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11704 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11705
11706 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11707 client for all entries.
11708
11709 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11710
11711 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11712 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11713
11714 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11715 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11716 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11717 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11718
11719 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11720 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11721 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11722
11723 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11724 journal along with meta data.
11725
11726 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11727 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11728 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11729
11730 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11731 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11732 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11733
11734 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11735
11736 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11737 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11738 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11739 or fsck.
11740
11741 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11742 requested with new -k switch.
11743
11744 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11745 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11746
11747 CHANGES WITH 38:
11748
11749 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11750 bugfixes.
11751
11752 * The git repository moved to:
11753 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11754 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11755
11756 * First release with the journal
11757 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11758
11759 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11760 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11761
11762 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11763
11764 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11765
11766 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11767 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11768 remote mounts.
11769
11770 * Added Mageia support
11771
11772 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11773
11774 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11775 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11776 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11777 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11778 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11779
11780 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11781 of existing distributions.
11782
11783 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11784 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11785
11786 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11787 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11788 boot.
11789
11790 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11791
11792 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11793 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11794 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11795 among other things.
11796
11797 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11798 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11799
11800 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11801
11802 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11803 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11804 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11805
11806 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11807 restored.
11808
11809 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11810 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11811 kmod
11812
11813 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11814 of /usr/local by default.
11815
11816 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11817 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11818 in:
11819 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11820
11821 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11822 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11823 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11824 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11825 supported anyway, and bad style).
11826
11827 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11828 reloading of units together.
11829
11830 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11831 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11832 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11833 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11834 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek